Инструкция по эксплуатации форд экоспорт 2018 года

FORD ECOSPORT Owner’s Manual

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted. Ford Motor Company 2018

All rights reserved. Part Number: GN15-19G219-ZFB 20180119174643

Introduction About This Manual ……………………………………7 Symbols Glossary ……………………………………..7 Data Recording ………………………………………….9 California Proposition 65 ………………………..11 Perchlorate ………………………………………………..11 Ford Credit …………………………………………………11 Replacement Parts Recommendation

………………………………………………………………….12 Special Notices ………………………………………..12 Mobile Communications Equipment

………………………………………………………………….13 Export Unique Options …………………………..14

Environment Protecting the Environment …………………..15

Child Safety General Information ………………………………..16 Installing Child Restraints ……………………….17 Booster Seats ………………………………………….23 Child Restraint Positioning ……………………25 Child Safety Locks ………………………………….26

Seatbelts Principle of Operation ……………………………28 Fastening the Seatbelts ………………………..29 Seatbelt Height Adjustment ………………….31 Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator

Chime …………………………………………………….31 Seatbelt Reminder ………………………………….32 Child Restraint and Seatbelt

Maintenance ………………………………………..34 Seatbelt Extension …………………………………34

Personal Safety System Personal Safety System …………………….35

Supplementary Restraints System

Principle of Operation ……………………………36 Driver and Passenger Airbags ……………….37 Front Passenger Sensing System ………..38 Side Airbags …………………………………………….40 Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags ……..41 Safety Canopy ……………………………………..42 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator …….43 Airbag Disposal ……………………………………….44

Keys and Remote Controls Principle of Operation ……………………………45 General Information on Radio

Frequencies ………………………………………….45 Remote Control ………………………………………45 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control

………………………………………………………………..49

MyKey Principle of Operation ……………………………50 Creating a MyKey ……………………………………..51 Programming a MyKey …………………………..52 Clearing All MyKeys ………………………………..52 Checking MyKey System Status …………..52 Using MyKey With Remote Start

Systems ………………………………………………..53 MyKey Troubleshooting …………………………53

Doors and Locks Locking and Unlocking …………………………..54 Keyless Entry ……………………………………………57 Tailgate …………………………………………………….59

Security Passive Anti-Theft System …………………….61 Anti-Theft Alarm …………………………………….63

Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel ………………65

1

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Table of Contents

Audio Control ………………………………………….65 Voice Control …………………………………………..66 Cruise Control …………………………………………66 Information Display Control …………………66 Heated Steering Wheel …………………………66

Wipers and Washers Windshield Wipers ………………………………….67 Autowipers ……………………………………………….67 Windshield Washers ………………………………68 Rear Window Wiper and Washers ………69

Lighting General Information ……………………………….70 Lighting Control ………………………………………70 Autolamps …………………………………………………71 Instrument Lighting Dimmer …………………72 Headlamp Exit Delay ………………………………72 Daytime Running Lamps ……………………….73 Front Fog Lamps ……………………………………..73 Direction Indicators …………………………………74 Interior Lamps ………………………………………….74 Ambient Lighting …………………………………….75

Windows and Mirrors Power Windows ………………………………………76 Exterior Mirrors …………………………………………77 Interior Mirror ……………………………………………78 Moonroof ………………………………………………….78

Instrument Cluster Gauges ……………………………………………………..80 Warning Lamps and Indicators ……………..81 Audible Warnings and Indicators …………84

Information Displays General Information ……………………………….85 Trip Computer …………………………………………88 Information Messages …………………………..88

Climate Control Principle of Operation ……………………………98 Air Vents …………………………………………………..98 Manual Climate Control — Vehicles With:

Electronic Manual Temperature Control (EMTC) …………………………………..99

Automatic Climate Control — Vehicles With: Electronic Automatic Temperature Control (EATC) ………….100

Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate — Vehicles With: Electronic Automatic Temperature Control (EATC) …………..101

Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate — Vehicles With: Electronic Manual Temperature Control (EMTC) …………102

Heated Rear Window — Vehicles With: Electronic Automatic Temperature Control (EATC) …………………………………..103

Heated Rear Window — Vehicles With: Electronic Manual Temperature Control (EMTC) …………………………………103

Heated Exterior Mirrors ………………………..103 Cabin Air Filter ……………………………………….103

Seats Sitting in the Correct Position …………….104 Head Restraints …………………………………….104 Manual Seats …………………………………………106 Power Seats …………………………………………..108 Rear Seats ………………………………………………..111 Heated Seats …………………………………………..114

Auxiliary Power Points Auxiliary Power Points …………………………..115

Storage Compartments Center Console ………………………………………..117 Cool Box ……………………………………………………117 Glasses Holder ………………………………………..117

2

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Table of Contents

Starting and Stopping the Engine

General Information ………………………………119 Ignition Switch ………………………………………..119 Push Button Ignition Switch ………………..120 Starting a Gasoline Engine …………………..122 Engine Block Heater ………………………………123 Automatic Engine Shutdown ………………124

Unique Driving Characteristics

Auto-Start-Stop …………………………………….125

Fuel and Refueling Safety Precautions ………………………………..127 Fuel Quality — Gasoline ………………………….127 Fuel Filler Funnel Location …………………..128 Running Out of Fuel ………………………………128 Refueling …………………………………………………130 Fuel Consumption …………………………………132

Engine Emission Control Emission Law …………………………………………134 Catalytic Converter ……………………………….135

Transmission Automatic Transmission ………………………138

Four-Wheel Drive Using Four-Wheel Drive ……………………….142

Brakes General Information ……………………………..146 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes

……………………………………………………………….146 Parking Brake ………………………………………….147 Hill Start Assist ………………………………………147

Traction Control Principle of Operation ………………………….149

Using Traction Control …………………………149

Stability Control Principle of Operation ………………………….150 Using Stability Control …………………………150

Parking Aids Principle of Operation ……………………………151 Rear Parking Aid ……………………………………..151 Rear View Camera …………………………………152

Cruise Control Principle of Operation …………………………..156 Using Cruise Control ……………………………..156

Driving Aids Blind Spot Information System ………….158 Cross Traffic Alert ………………………………….159 Steering …………………………………………………..162

Load Carrying Luggage Anchor Points ………………………..163 Rear Under Floor Storage …………………….163 Luggage Covers ……………………………………..163 Roof Racks and Load Carriers …………….164 Load Limit ………………………………………………165

Towing Towing a Trailer ……………………………………….171 Trailer Sway Control ……………………………….171 Recommended Towing Weights …………172 Essential Towing Checks ………………………173 Towing Points …………………………………………175 Transporting the Vehicle ………………………176 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels ……176

Driving Hints Breaking-In ……………………………………………..178 Economical Driving ……………………………….178

3

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Table of Contents

Cold Weather Precautions …………………..178 Driving Through Water ………………………….178 Floor Mats ……………………………………………….179

Roadside Emergencies Roadside Assistance ……………………………..181 Hazard Flashers …………………………………….182 Fuel Shutoff ……………………………………………182 Jump Starting the Vehicle ……………………183 Post-Crash Alert System ……………………..185

Customer Assistance Getting the Services You Need …………..186 In California (U.S. Only) ………………………..187 The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto

Line Program (U.S. Only) …………………188 Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration

Program (Canada Only) …………………..189 Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and

Canada ……………………………………………….189 Ordering Additional Owner’s Literature

………………………………………………………………..191 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only)

………………………………………………………………..191 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only)

………………………………………………………………..191

Fuses Fuse Box Locations ……………………………….193 Fuse Specification Chart ……………………..193 Changing a Fuse …………………………………..200

Maintenance General Information …………………………….202 Opening and Closing the Hood ………….202 Under Hood Overview — 2.0L ……………..203 Under Hood Overview — 1.0L EcoBoost

………………………………………………………………204 Engine Oil Dipstick — 1.0L EcoBoost

………………………………………………………………205 Engine Oil Dipstick — 2.0L ……………………206

Engine Oil Check ………………………………….206 Oil Change Indicator Reset …………………207 Engine Cooling Fan ………………………………207 Engine Coolant Check …………………………208 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check

……………………………………………………………….212 Brake Fluid Check ………………………………….212 Washer Fluid Check ………………………………213 Changing the 12V Battery …………………….213 Checking the Wiper Blades ………………….215 Changing the Wiper Blades …………………215 Adjusting the Headlamps …………………….216 Removing a Headlamp …………………………217 Changing a Bulb …………………………………….218 Bulb Specification Chart ……………………..226 Changing the Engine Air Filter …………….227 Drive Belt Routing — 1.0L EcoBoost

………………………………………………………………228 Drive Belt Routing — 2.0L ……………………..228

Vehicle Care General Information …………………………….229 Cleaning Products ………………………………..229 Cleaning the Exterior ……………………………230 Waxing …………………………………………………….231 Cleaning the Engine ………………………………231 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades

………………………………………………………………232 Cleaning the Interior ……………………………..232 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and

Instrument Cluster Lens …………………..233 Cleaning Leather Seats ………………………..233 Repairing Minor Paint Damage ………….234 Cleaning the Wheels ……………………………234 Vehicle Storage ……………………………………..234 Body Styling Kits …………………………………..236

Wheels and Tires General Information ……………………………..237 Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit ……………….239

4

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Table of Contents

Tire Care …………………………………………………245 Using Summer Tires …………………………….260 Using Snow Chains ……………………………..260 Tire Pressure Monitoring System ………..261 Changing a Road Wheel ……………………..265 Lug Nuts …………………………………………………270

Capacities and Specifications

Engine Specifications — 2.0L ………………..271 Engine Specifications — 1.0L EcoBoost

……………………………………………………………….272 Transmission Specifications — 2.0L ……273 Transmission Specifications — 1.0L

EcoBoost ………………………………………..274 Motorcraft Parts — 1.0L EcoBoost ……275 Motorcraft Parts — 2.0L ………………………..276 Vehicle Identification Number …………….277 Vehicle Certification Label ………………….278 Transmission Code Designation ………..278 Capacities and Specifications — 1.0L

EcoBoost ………………………………………..279 Capacities and Specifications — 2.0L

………………………………………………………………282

Audio System General Information …………………………….285 Audio Unit — Vehicles With: SYNC ……..285 Audio Unit — Vehicles With: SYNC 3 …..288 USB Port ………………………………………………..289

SYNC General Information …………………………….290 Using Voice Recognition ………………………291 Using SYNC With Your Phone ………..293 SYNC Applications and Services ……294 Using SYNC With Your Media Player

………………………………………………………………298 SYNC Troubleshooting ……………………299

SYNC 3 General Information …………………………….307 Home Screen ………………………………………….317 Using Voice Recognition ………………………319 Entertainment ……………………………………….325 Phone ……………………………………………………..334 Navigation ……………………………………………..340 Apps ……………………………………………………….350 Settings ………………………………………………….353 SYNC 3 Troubleshooting …………………367

Accessories Accessories ……………………………………………379

Ford Protect Ford Protect ……………………………………………381

Scheduled Maintenance General Maintenance Information ……383 Normal Scheduled Maintenance ………386 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled

Maintenance ……………………………………..389 Scheduled Maintenance Record ……….390

Appendices End User License Agreement ……………..401 Type Approvals …………………………………….426

5

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Table of Contents

6

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about your vehicle, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it.

WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased. Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models, so may appear different to you on your vehicle. Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations. Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle. This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat.

Right-hand side.A Left-hand side.B

SYMBOLS GLOSSARY These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle.

Air conditioning system

Air conditioning system lubricant type

Anti-lock braking system

Avoid smoking, flames or sparks

Battery

Battery acid

Brake fluid — non petroleum based

7

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Introduction

Brake system

Cabin air filter

Check fuel cap

Child safety door lock or unlock

Child seat lower anchor

Child seat tether anchor

Cruise control

Do not open when hot

Engine air filter

Engine coolant

Engine coolant temperature

Engine oil

Explosive gas

Fan warning

Fasten seatbelt

Flammable

Front airbag

Front fog lamps

Fuel pump reset

Fuse compartment

Hazard flashers

Heated rear window

Windshield defrosting system

Interior luggage compartment release

Jack

Keep out of reach of children

Lighting control

Low tire pressure warning

Maintain correct fluid level

8

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Introduction

Note operating instructions

Horn control

Panic alarm

Parking aid

Parking brake

Power steering fluid

Power windows front/rear

Power window lockout

Requires registered technician

Safety alert

See Owner’s Manual

See Service Manual

Service engine soon

Passenger airbag activated

Passenger airbag deactivated

Side airbag

Shield the eyes

Stability control

Windshield wiping system

Windshield wash and wipe

DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle. This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle, such as engine, throttle, steering or brake systems. In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada in Canada), and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle. Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada, in Canada) may, where permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic information for vehicle improvement or with other information we may have about you, (for example, your contact information), to offer you products or services that may interest you. Data may be provided to our service providers such as part suppliers that may help diagnose malfunctions, and who are similarly obligated to protect data. We retain this

9

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Introduction

data only as long as necessary to perform these functions or to comply with law. We may provide information where required in response to official requests to law enforcement or other government authorities or third parties acting with lawful authority or court order, and such information may be used in legal proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose to use connected apps and services, such as SYNC Vehicle Health Report or MyFord Mobile App, you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities, and that the diagnostic information may be used to provide services to you, personalizing your experience, troubleshoot, and to improve products and services and offer you products and services that may interest you, where permitted by law. For Canada only, for more information, please review the Ford of Canada privacy policy at www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data storage and use of service providers in other jurisdictions who may be subject to legal requirements in Canada, the United States and other countries applicable to them, for example, lawful requirements to disclose personal information to governmental authorities in those countries. See SYNC (page 290).

Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this data will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.

The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your vehicle

were operating; Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or the brake pedal; and

How fast the vehicle was traveling; and

Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel.

This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded (see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic, directions and Information privacy below). However, parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an event data recorder, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have such special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent, unless pursuant to court order

10

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Introduction

or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada. Note: Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features, please note the following: Once 911 Assist (if equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist may, through any paired and connected cell phone, disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or, in certain vehicles, the activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location (such as latitude and longitude), and/or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not activate the 911 Assist feature. See SYNC (page 290). Additionally, when you connect to Traffic, Directions and Information (if equipped, U.S. only), the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicles current location, travel direction, and speed (vehicle travel information), only to help provide you with the directions, traffic reports, or business searches that you request. If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information, do not activate the service. For more information, see Traffic, Directions and Information, Terms and Conditions. See SYNC (page 290).

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNINGS Some constituents of engine exhaust, certain vehicle components, certain fluids contained in vehicles

and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the

State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash your hands after handling.

PERCHLORATE Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material. Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal.

For more information visit:

Web Address

www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazard- ouswaste/perchlorate

FORD CREDIT US Only Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle. If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for your business.

11

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Introduction

We offer a number of convenient ways for you to contact us, and to manage your account. Call 1-800-727-7000. For more information about Ford Credit and access to Account Manager, go to www.ford.com/finance.

REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION We have built your vehicle to the highest standards using quality parts. We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair. You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging.

Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owners Manual. Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications.

Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish, structural integrity, corrosion protection and dent resistance. During

vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system. A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts.

Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford Warranty may not cover damage caused to your vehicle as a result of failed non-Ford parts. For additional information, refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty.

SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicles New Vehicle Limited Warranty, see the Warranty Manual that is provided to you along with your Owners Manual.

Special Instructions For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls.

WARNINGS You risk death or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by

the warning symbol. Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury.

NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH

or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.

12

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Introduction

On Board Diagnostics Data Link Connector

WARNING Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain

access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector.

Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link Connector (DLC) that is used in conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for vehicle diagnostics, repairs and reprogramming services. Installing an aftermarket device that uses the DLC during normal driving for purposes such as remote insurance company monitoring, transmission of vehicle data to other devices or entities, or altering the performance of the vehicle, may cause interference with or even damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in devices unless approved by Ford. The vehicle Warranty will not cover damage caused by an aftermarket plug-in device.

Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks and Utility Type Vehicles

WARNING Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.

Before you drive your vehicle, please read this Owners Guide carefully. Your vehicle is not a passenger car. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury or death.

Using Your Vehicle With a Snowplow Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing. Your vehicle does not have a snowplowing package.

Using Your Vehicle as an Ambulance Do not use this vehicle as an ambulance. Your vehicle does not have the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package.

MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs. However, you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment. Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used, particularly in emergency situations. Safety must be paramount when using mobile

13

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Introduction

communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits. Mobile communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, portable email devices, text messaging devices and portable two-way radios.

EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS For your particular global region, your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owners Manual. A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book. By referring to the market unique supplement, if provided, you can properly identify those features, recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle. This Owners Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and Canadian Markets. Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for export. Refer to this Owners Manual for all other required information and warnings.

14

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Introduction

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT You should play your part in protecting the environment. Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim.

For details about Ford Motor Company’s sustainability progress and initiatives visit:

Web Address

www.sustainability.ford.com

15

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Environment

GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children.

WARNINGS Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height, age and

weight. Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle. Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.

All children are shaped differently. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety

organizations, base their recommendations for child restraints on probable child height, age and weight thresholds, or on the minimum requirements of the law. We recommend that you check with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety

WARNINGS Technician (CPST) to make sure that you properly install the child restraint in your vehicle and that you consult your pediatrician to make sure you have a child restraint appropriate for your child. To locate a child restraint fitting station and CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at 1-888-327-4236 or go to www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact Transport Canada toll free at 1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area. Failure to properly restrain children in child restraints made especially for their height, age and weight, may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.

On hot days, the temperature inside the vehicle can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to

these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk.

16

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children

Recommended restraint type

Child size, height, weight, or ageChild

Use a child safety seat (sometimes called an

infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat).

Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).

Infants or toddlers

Use a belt-positioning booster seat.

Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat (gener- ally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four

and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your

child restraint manufacturer).

Small children

Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips, shoulder belt centered

across the shoulder and chest, and seatback

upright.

Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt-positioning booster seat (generally children who are at least

4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recom- mended by child restraint manufacturer).

Larger children

You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada.

Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle.

When possible, always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position. See General Information (page 16).

INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS Child Seats

17

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

Use a child safety seat (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).

Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNINGS

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child restraint. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in front of

an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child restraint is installed all the way back.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child restraint. Properly restrain children 12 and under in the rear seat

whenever possible. Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block

access to certain seatbelt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure occupants only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.

When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts: Use the correct safety belt buckle for

that seating position. Insert the belt tongue into the proper

buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle.

Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat, with the tongue between the child seat and the release button, to prevent accidental unbuckling.

Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position.

Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip.

Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts: Note: Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat, the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat.

Standard safety belts

1. Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt.

18

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

2. After positioning the child safety seat in the proper seating position, pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together behind the belt tongue.

3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together, route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted.

4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it.

5. To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode, grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out.

Note: The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats. 6. Allow the belt to retract to remove

slack. The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode (you should not be able to pull more belt out). If the retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.

19

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

8. Remove remaining slack from the belt. Force the seat down with extra weight, for example, by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt. This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint. It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean toward the buckle will provide extra help to remove remaining slack from the belt.

9. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat is equipped).

10. Before placing the child in the seat, forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place. To check this, grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back. There should be no more than 1 in (2.5 cm) of movement for proper installation.

We recommend checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed. In Canada, check with Transport Canada for referral to a Child Car Seat Clinic.

Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH)

WARNINGS Do not attach two child safety restraints to the same anchor. In a crash, one anchor may not be strong

enough to hold two child safety restraint attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death.

Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block

access to certain seatbelt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure occupants only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.

The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors located where seat back and seat cushion meet (called the seat bight) and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position. LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle. This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat, however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat. For forward-facing child seats, the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor, if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat.

20

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol.

The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the symbols as shown. Follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments. Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps. Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown.

Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions (Center Seating Use)

WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in (280 mm) center to center. Do not use LATCH

lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle.

The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 15.75 in (40 cm) apart. A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position. LATCH compatible child seats (with attachments on belt webbing) can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer’s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated. Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor. Each time you use the safety seat, check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor, if applicable. Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle. The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation. If the safety seat is not anchored properly, the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases.

21

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats When used in combination, either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first, provided a proper installation is achieved. Attach the tether strap afterward, if included with the child seat.

Using Tether Straps Many forward-facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of

the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor. Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats.

Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle. Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt, the lower anchors of the LATCH system, or both, you can attach the top tether strap. The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions (shown from top view):

Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors: Note: If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments, do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat. Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash. 1. Route the child safety seat tether strap

over the back of the seat. For outboard seating positions, route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts. For the center seating positions, route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint. If needed, the head restraints can also be removed.

2. Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position.

22

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown.

4. Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap, and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use, Ford also recommends its use.

BOOSTER SEATS

WARNING Do not put the shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow the child to put the shoulder section of the seatbelt

under their arm or behind their back. Failure to follow this instruction could reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or death in a crash.

Use a belt-positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety restraint (generally children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age 4 and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb

(45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat:

Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat backrest with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion?

Can the child sit without slouching? Does the lap belt rest low across the

hips? Is the shoulder belt centered on the

shoulder and chest? Can the child stay seated like this for

the whole trip? Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.

23

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

Types of Booster Seats

Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield, remove the shield. If a vehicle seating position has a low seat backrest or no head restraint, a backless booster seat may place your child’s head (as measured at the tops of the ears) above the top of the seat. In this case, move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat backrest or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts, or consider using a high back booster seat.

High back booster seats If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child’s head, a high back booster seat would be a better choice. Children and booster seats vary in size and shape. Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips, never up across the stomach, and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder. The following drawings compare the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder. The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child’s hips.

24

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used, placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition. Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat. Check with the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions.

CHILD RESTRAINT POSITIONING

WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag.

If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back. When possible, all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position, properly restrain the largest child in the front seat.

Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child

restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child’s size, height, weight, or age. Follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions and warnings

WARNINGS provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer. A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized, is inappropriate for your child’s height, age, or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death.

Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot

protect the child from injury in a crash, which may result in serious injury or death.

Never use pillows, books, or towels to boost a child. They can slide around and increase the likelihood

of injury or death in a crash. Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat. These objects may become projectiles in a crash or

sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious injury.

Never place, or allow a child to place, the shoulder belt under a child’s arm or behind the back because it

reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash.

25

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

WARNINGS To avoid risk of injury, do not leave

WARNINGS children or pets unattended in your vehicle.

Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children

Use any attachment method as indicated below by X

Combined weight of child and child seat

Restraint Type

Safety belt only

Safety belt and LATCH

(lower anchors and top tether

anchor)

Safety belt and top tether

anchor

LATCH (lower

anchors only)

LATCH (lower

anchors and top tether

anchor)

XXUp to 65 lb (29.5 kg)

Rear facing child seat

XOver 65 lb (29.5 kg)

Rear facing child seat

XXXUp to 65 lb (29.5 kg)

Forward facing

child seat

XXOver 65 lb (29.5 kg)

Forward facing

child seat

Note: The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed. It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint. See Seats (page 104).

CHILD SAFETY LOCKS

WARNING You cannot open the rear doors from inside if you have put the child safety locks on.

Rear Left-Hand Door Turn anti-clockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock.

26

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

Rear Right-Hand Door Turn clockwise to lock and anti-clockwise to unlock.

27

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Child Safety

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGS Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips. To reduce the risk of injury, make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained. Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot

protect the child from injury in a crash. All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their seatbelts, even

when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your seatbelts could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in

these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seatbelts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seatbelt properly.

In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seatbelt. Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific seatbelt assembly which is made up of one buckle and

one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never swing the seatbelt around your neck over the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single belt for more than one person.

WARNINGS When possible, all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position.

Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

Seatbelts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather; they could burn a

small child. Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them.

Front and rear seat occupants, including pregnant women, should wear seatbelts for optimum

protection in an accident.

All seating positions in your vehicle have lap and shoulder seatbelts. All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. The seatbelt system consists of: Lap and shoulder seatbelts. Shoulder seatbelt with automatic

locking mode, (except driver seatbelt). Height adjuster at the front outboard

seating positions. Seatbelt pretensioner at the front

outboard seating positions. Belt tension sensor at the front

outboard passenger seating position. Seatbelt warning light and chime.

Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator.

28

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seatbelts

The seatbelt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the seatbelts when activated. In frontal and near-frontal crashes, the seatbelt pretensioners may be activated alone or, if the crash is of sufficient severity, together with the front airbags. The pretensioners will activate when the Safety Canopy is deployed.

FASTENING THE SEATBELTS The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts.

1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure you securely fasten the tongue in the buckle.

2. To unfasten, press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle.

Using the Sliding Clip (If Equipped)

Slide the clip away from the seatbelt tongue so there is no loose webbing when an occupant or child restraint is fastened. You can also use the sliding clip to raise the seatbelt tongue and prevent it from rattling or to ease access to the seatbelt tongue.

29

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seatbelts

Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy WARNING

Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and properly fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of

the seatbelt snugly and low across the hips. Position the shoulder portion of the seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant women must follow this practice. See the following figure.

Pregnant women should always wear their seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort allows. Position the shoulder belt to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest.

Seatbelt Locking Modes WARNING

You must replace the seatbelt if the automatic locking retractor or any other seatbelt function is not

operating correctly. Failure to replace the seatbelt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in a crash.

All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. The driver seatbelt has the vehicle sensitive locking mode. The front outboard passenger and rear seat seatbelts have both the vehicle sensitive locking mode and the automatic locking mode.

Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode, which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement. For example, if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the combination seatbelts lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers. In addition, the retractor is designed to lock if you pull the webbing out too quickly. If the seatbelt retractor locks, slowly lower the height adjuster to allow the seatbelt to retract. If the retractor does not unlock, pull the seatbelt out slowly then feed a small length of webbing back toward the stowed position. For rear seatbelts, recline the rear seat backrest or push the seat backrest cushion away from the seatbelt. Feed a small length of webbing back toward the stowed position.

Automatic Locking Mode In this mode, the shoulder belt automatically pre-locks. The belt retracts to remove any slack in the shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver seatbelt.

30

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seatbelts

When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode Use this mode when you install a child safety seat, except a booster seat, in the passenger front or rear seating positions. Properly restrain children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible. See Child Safety (page 16).

How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode

1. Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt.

2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until you pull the entire belt out. As the belt retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This indicates the seatbelt is now in the automatic locking mode.

How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive (emergency) locking mode.

SEATBELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT (If Equipped)

WARNING Position the seatbelt height adjuster so that the seatbelt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Failure to

adjust the seatbelt correctly could reduce its effectiveness and increase the risk of injury in a crash.

1. Pull the button and slide the height adjuster up or down.

2. Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place.

SEATBELT WARNING LAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME

This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the driver seatbelt has not been

fastened when the vehicle’s ignition is turned on.

31

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seatbelts

Conditions of operation

ThenIf

The seatbelt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for a few

seconds.

The driver seatbelt is not buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on posi-

tion…

The seatbelt warning light and warning chime turn off.

The driver seatbelt is buckled while the indicator light is illuminated and the

warning chime is sounding…

The seatbelt warning light and indicator chime remain off.

The driver seatbelt is buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position…

SEATBELT REMINDER (If Equipped)

Belt-Minder This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders that intermittently sound a tone and illuminate the safety belt warning light when you are in the driver seat or you have a front seat passenger and a safety belt is unbuckled.

The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning. To avoid the system turning on the Belt-Minder feature for objects you place on the front passenger seat, only the front seat passengers receive warnings as determined by the front passenger sensing system. If the Belt-Minder warnings expire (warnings for about five minutes) for one passenger (driver or front passenger), the other passenger can still cause the Belt-Minder feature to turn on.

32

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seatbelts

Then…If…

The Belt-Minder feature will not activate.You and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts before you switch the ignition on or less than 12 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on…

The Belt-Minder feature activates, the safety belt warning light illuminates and a warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes or until you and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts.

You or the front seat passenger do not buckle your safety belts before your vehicle reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 12 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on…

The Belt-Minder feature activates, the safety belt warning light illuminates and a warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes or until you and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts.

The safety belt for the driver or front passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and more than 12 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on…

Deactivating and Activating the Belt-Minder Feature

WARNING While the system allows you to switch this feature off, the intent of the system is to remind you to wear

your safety belt to improve your chance to survive an accident. We recommend you leave the system switched on for yourself and others who may use the vehicle.

Note: The driver and front passenger warnings switch on and off independently. When you perform this procedure for one seating position, do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process. Read Steps 14 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure.

Before following the procedure, make sure that: The parking brake is set. The transmission is in park (P) or

neutral (N). The ignition is off. The driver and front passenger safety

belts are unbuckled. 1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the

vehicle. 2. Wait until the safety belt warning light

turns off (about 1 minute). After Step 2, wait an additional 5 seconds before proceeding with Step 3. Once you start Step 3, you must complete the procedure within 30 seconds.

3. For the seating position you are switching off, buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed, ending in the unbuckled state. After Step 3, the safety belt warning light turns on.

33

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seatbelts

4. While the safety belt warning light is on, buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt warning light flashes for confirmation.

This will switch the feature off for that seating position if it is currently on.

This will switch the feature on for that seating position if it is currently off.

CHILD RESTRAINT AND SEATBELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle seatbelts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child restraint seatbelts to make sure there are no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary. All vehicle seatbelt assemblies, including retractors, buckles, front seatbelt buckle assemblies, buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat backrest (if equipped), child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching hardware, should be inspected after a crash. Read the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint. We recommend that all seatbelt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced. However, if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly, they do not need to be replaced. Seatbelt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Properly care for seatbelts. See Seatbelts (page 28).

SEATBELT EXTENSION

WARNINGS Persons who fit into the vehicle’s seatbelt should not use an extension. Unnecessary use could result in

serious personal injury in the event of a crash.

Only use extensions provided free of charge by Ford Motor Company dealers. The dealer will provide an

extension designed specifically for this vehicle, model year and seating position. The use of an extension intended for another vehicle, model year or seating position may not offer you the full protection of your vehicles seatbelt restraint system.

Never use seatbelt extensions to install child restraints. Do not use a seatbelt extension with an inflatable seatbelt. Do not use extensions to change the fit of the belt across the torso, over the lap or to make the seatbelt

buckle easier to reach.

If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fasten the seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an extension that is compatible with the seatbelts is available free of charge from Ford Motor Company dealers. Only Ford seatbelt extensions made by the original equipment seatbelts manufacturer should be used with Ford seatbelts. Ask your authorized dealer if your extension is compatible with your Ford vehicle restraint system.

34

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seatbelts

The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag-related injuries. The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations. The Vehicle Personal Safety System consists of: Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag

supplemental restraints. Front seat outboard seatbelts with

pretensioners, energy management retractors and seatbelt usage sensors.

Driver seat position sensor. Passenger seat position sensor. Front passenger sensing system. Passenger airbag off and on indicator

lamp. Front crash severity sensors. Restraints control module with impact

and safing sensors. Restraint system warning lamp and

tone. The electrical wiring for the airbags,

crash sensors, seatbelt pretensioners, front seatbelt usage sensors, driver seat position sensor, front passenger sensing system and indicator lights.

How Does the Personal Safety System Work? The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of the safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions. A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module. During a crash, the restraints control module may deploy the seatbelt pretensioners, one or both stages of the dual-stage airbags based on crash severity and occupant conditions.

35

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Personal Safety System

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGS Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently, and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close

to the trim covering the airbag module. All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their seatbelts, even

when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your seatbelt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

Even with advanced restraints systems, properly restrain children 12 and under in a rear seating

position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

Do not place your arms on the airbag cover or through the steering wheel. Failure to follow this instruction

could result in personal injury. Keep the areas in front of the airbags free from obstruction. Do not affix anything to or over the airbag covers.

Objects could become projectiles during airbag deployment or in a sudden stop. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child restraint. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in front of

an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child restraint is installed all the way back.

Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the supplementary restraint system or associated components.

Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNINGS Several airbag system components get hot after inflation. To reduce the risk of injury, do not touch them after

inflation. If a supplementary restraint system component has deployed, it will not function again. Have the system and

associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the seatbelts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag. Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys. This is normal. The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation. After airbag deployment, it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant. This may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder (to lubricate the bag) or sodium compounds (for example, baking soda) that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of the residue is toxic. While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries, contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag. Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force, there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures, facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,

36

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment. Thus, it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control. Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required.

DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS

WARNINGS Do not place your arms on the airbag cover or through the steering wheel. Failure to follow this instruction

could result in personal injury. Keep the areas in front of the airbags free from obstruction. Do not affix anything to or over the airbag covers.

Objects could become projectiles during airbag deployment or in a sudden stop. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child restraint. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in front of

an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child restraint is installed all the way back.

The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes. The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of: Driver and passenger airbag modules. Front passenger sensing system.

Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag

Indicator (page 43).

Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment

WARNING National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends a minimum distance

of at least 10 in (25 cm) between an occupant’s chest and the driver airbag module.

To properly position yourself away from the airbag: Move your seat to the rear as far as you

can while still reaching the pedals comfortably.

Recline the seat slightly (one or two degrees) from the upright position.

37

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on seatbelts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. A properly seated occupant sits upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion, with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.

Children and Airbags WARNING

Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child restraint. Never place a rear-facing child restraint in front of

an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child restraint is installed all the way back.

Children must always be properly restrained. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash.

FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM

WARNINGS Even with advanced restraints systems, properly restrain children 12 and under in a rear seating

position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

Sitting improperly, out of position or with the seatback reclined too far can take weight off the seat cushion

and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system, resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash. Always sit upright against your seat back, with your feet on the floor.

Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger

sensing system. This could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

This system works with sensors that are part of the front passengers seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly-seated occupant and determine if the front passengers frontal airbag should be enabled (may inflate) or not.

The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag status indicator that will illuminate indicating that the front passenger frontal airbag is either ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled).

38

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

The indicator lamp is located at the overhead console. Note: The passenger airbag status indicator OFF and ON indicator lamps will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is first turned on to confirm it is functional. The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable (will not inflate) the front passenger’s frontal airbag when a rear facing infant seat, a forward-facing child restraint, or a booster seat is detected. Even with this technology, parents are strongly encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat. When the front passenger sensing

system disables (will not inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag, the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the OFF lamp and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled.

If the child restraint has been installed and the passenger airbag status indicator illuminates the ON lamp, then turn the vehicle off, remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable (may inflate) the front passenger’s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat. When the front passenger sensing

system enables the front passenger frontal airbag (may inflate), the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the ON lamp and remain illuminated.

If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passengers seat, but the airbag off indicator lamp is lit, it is possible that the person is not sitting properly in the seat. If this happens: Turn the vehicle off and ask the person

to place the seatback in a more upright positon.

Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with the persons legs comfortably extended.

Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes. This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passengers frontal airbag.

If the indicator OFF lamp remains lit even after this, the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat.

Passenger airbagPassenger airbag status indicator

Occupant

DisabledOFF: LitEmpty

ON: Unlit

DisabledOFF: LitChild

ON: Unlit

EnabledOFF: UnlitAdult

ON: Lit

39

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. A properly seated occupant sits upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion, with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased. If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect, check for the following: Objects lodged underneath the seat Objects between the seat cushion and

the center console Objects hanging off the seat back Objects stowed in the seat back map

pocket Objects placed on the occupant’s lap Cargo interference with the seat Other passengers pushing or pulling on

the seat Rear passenger feet and knees resting

or pushing on the seat The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system. The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above.

Make sure the front passenger sensing system is operating properly. See Front Passenger

Sensing System (page 38).

Do not attempt to repair or service the system. Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer.

If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center. See Front Passenger Sensing System (page 38).

SIDE AIRBAGS

WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover, on the side of the front or rear

seatbacks, or in areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.

Do not use accessory seat covers. The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the

side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident.

Do not lean your head on the door. The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the

seatback. Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the supplementary restraint system or associated components.

Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

If a supplementary restraint system component has deployed, it will not function again. Have the system and

associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

40

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

The side airbags are on the outermost side of each front and rear seat backrest. There is a label attached to the side of each backrest to indicate this. Properly restrain children 12 years old and under in the rear seats. The rear side airbag will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat. The side airbags are designed to inflate between the door panel and the occupant to enhance the protection in certain crashes.

The system consists of the following:

A label or embossed side panel indicating that side airbags are fitted to your vehicle.

Side airbags inside the driver and front passenger seatbacks, as well as side airbags inside of each outermost rear seatback.

Front passenger sensing system.

Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Side Airbags (page 40).

The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags.

DRIVER AND PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAGS

WARNINGS To reduce risk of injury, do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the airbag.

41

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

WARNINGS Close the glove box door when your vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this instruction could reduce the

effectiveness of the passenger knee airbag and increase the risk of injury in a crash.

A driver knee airbag is located under or within the instrument panel. A passenger knee airbag is located within or under the glove box door. During a crash, the restraints control module may activate the driver and passenger knee airbags based on crash severity and occupant conditions. Under certain crash and occupant conditions, the driver and passenger knee airbag may deploy but the driver front airbag may not activate. As with front and side airbags, it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury.

Make sure the knee airbags are operating properly. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator

(page 43).

SAFETY CANOPY

WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into

contact with a deploying curtain airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.

Do not lean your head on the door. The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner. Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the supplementary restraint system or associated components.

Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNINGS All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their seatbelts, even

when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your seatbelt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.

To reduce risk of injury, do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the airbag. If a supplementary restraint system component has deployed, it will not function again. Have the system and

associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

The Safety Canopy deploys during significant side crashes or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal, behind the headliner, above each row of seats. In certain sideways crashes or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will be activated, regardless of which seats are occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events.

42

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

The system consists of the following: Safety Canopy curtain airbags above

the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof-pillar trim.

A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment

Crash sensors and monitoring system with a readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors

and Airbag Indicator (page 43).

Properly restrain children 12 years old and under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening. The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags (including the Safety Canopy).

CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR

WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of your vehicle (including hood, bumper system,

frame, front end body structure, tow hooks and hood pins) may affect the performance of the airbag system, increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify or add equipment to the front end of your vehicle.

Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module. The restraints control module deploys (activates) the front seatbelt pretensioners, driver airbag, passenger airbag, knee airbag(s), seat mounted side airbags and Safety Canopy airbags. Based on the type of crash, the restraints control module deploys the appropriate safety devices. The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors. The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working. Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required. A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following:

43

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is switched on.

The readiness light either flashes or stays lit.

A series of five beeps will be heard. The tone pattern repeats periodically until the problem, the light or both are repaired.

If any of these things happen, even intermittently, have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the system may not function properly in the event of a crash. The seatbelt pretensioners and the front airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device. The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners or front airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system. Rather, it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions (crash severity, belt usage) were not appropriate to activate these safety devices. The design of the front airbags is to

activate only in frontal and near-frontal crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or rear impacts) unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration.

The design of the seatbelt pretensioners is to activate in frontal, near-frontal and side crashes, and in rollovers.

The knee airbag(s) may deploy based on crash severity and occupant conditions.

The design of the side airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes. Side airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicles experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation.

The design of the Safety Canopy is to inflate in certain side impact crashes or rollover events. The Safety Canopy may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation, or a certain likelihood of rollover.

AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel.

44

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Supplementary Restraints System

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The remote control allows you to: Remotely lock or unlock the vehicle

doors. Unlock the doors without actively using

a key or remote control (intelligent access only).

Activate the panic alarm.

Car Finder Press the button twice within three seconds. The horn sounds and the direction indicators

flash. We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle, rather than using the panic alarm.

Sounding the Panic Alarm Note: The panic alarm only operates when the ignition is off.

Press the button to sound the panic alarm. Press the button again or switch the ignition on to

turn it off.

GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 32.8 ft (10 m). A decrease in operating range could be caused by: weather conditions nearby radio towers structures around your vehicle other vehicles parked next to your

vehicle. The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other radio transmitters, for example amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, wireless remote controls, cell phones, battery chargers and alarm systems. If the frequencies are jammed, you will not be able to use your remote control. You can lock and unlock the doors with the key. Note: Make sure your vehicle is locked before leaving it unattended. Note: If you are in range, the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally. Note: The remote control contains sensitive electrical components. Exposure to moisture or impact may cause permanent damage.

REMOTE CONTROL The Dealer can program a maximum of six remote controls to your vehicle.

45

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

Remote Control With a Folding Key Blade Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle. The transmitter portion functions as the remote control.

Replacing the Battery Note: Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries. Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. Note: Replacing the battery does not erase the program med key from your vehicle. The transmitter should operate normally.

1. Insert a screwdriver as far as possible into the slot on the side of the remote control, gently push the clip.

2. Press the clip down to release the battery cover.

3. Carefully remove the cover.

4. Turn the remote control over to remove the battery.

Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or the printed circuit board with the screwdriver.

46

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

5. Install a new battery (3V CR 2032) with the + facing upwards.

6. Replace the battery cover.

Remote Control

Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped)

The intelligent access keys operate the power locks. The key must be in your vehicle to use the push button start.

Remove Key Blade The intelligent access key also contains a removable key blade that you can use to unlock your vehicle.

Push the release button and pull the key blade out.

Replacing the Battery Note: Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries. Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. Note: Replacing the battery does not erase the program med key from your vehicle. The transmitter should operate normally. A message appears in the information display when the remote control battery is low. See Information Messages (page 88). See Information Messages (page ?). The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2450 or equivalent.

47

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

1. Push the release button and pull the key blade out.

2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden behind the key blade head to remove the battery cover.

48

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

3. Insert a suitable tool, for example a screwdriver, in the position shown and carefully remove the battery.

4. Install a new battery with the + facing upward.

5. Reinstall the battery cover and the key blade.

REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer. Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 61).

49

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Keys and Remote Controls

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The system allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits. All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes. Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys. These can be used to: Create a MyKey. Program configurable MyKey settings. Clear all MyKey features. When you have created a MyKey, you can access the following information using the information display: How many admin keys and MyKeys are

programmed to your vehicle. The total distance your vehicle has

traveled using a MyKey. Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the same settings. You cannot program them individually. Note: For vehicles with keyless start, when both a MyKey and an admin key are present, the admin fob will be recognized by the vehicle to start the engine.

Non-configurable Settings The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user: Seatbelt minder. You cannot disable

this feature. The audio system will mute when the front seat occupants’ seatbelts are not fastened.

Early low fuel. The low-fuel warning activates earlier, giving the MyKey user more time to refuel.

Driver assist features, if equipped on your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid, blind spot information system (BLIS) with cross traffic alert, lane departure warning and forward collision warning system.

Configurable Settings WARNING

Do not set MyKey maximum speed limit to a limit that will prevent the driver from maintaining a safe speed

considering posted speed limits and prevailing road conditions. The driver is always responsible to drive in accordance with local laws and prevailing conditions. Failure to do so could result in accident or injury.

With an admin key, you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle.

50

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

MyKey (If Equipped)

You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key: Vehicle speed limits can be set.

Warnings will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed. You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal.

Once you select a speed, it will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when the set vehicle speed is exceeded.

Audio system maximum volume of 45%. A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume. Also, the speed sensitive compensated volume (automatic volume control) feature will be disabled.

Always on setting. When this is selected, you will not be able to disable emergency assistance or the do not disturb feature (if your vehicle is equipped with these features).

CREATING A MYKEY Vehicles With a Key 1. Insert the key you want to program into

the ignition. 2. Switch the ignition on. 3. Access the main menu using the

information display. Select MyKey and press OK.

4. Select Create MyKey and press OK. 5. When prompted, press and hold OK

until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey. The key will be restricted the next time you use it.

Note: Make sure you label the MyKey so you can distinguish it from the admin keys.

Vehicles With Push-Button Start Switch the ignition on using an admin key. Access the main menu using the information display. Select MyKey and press OK.

1. Open the floor console storage compartment lid.

2. Remove the tray.

51

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

MyKey (If Equipped)

3. Place the key you want to program in the back up slot as shown.

4. Select Create MyKey and press OK. 5. When prompted, press and hold OK

until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey. The key will be restricted the next time you use it.

Note: Make sure you label the MyKey so you can distinguish it from the admin keys.

PROGRAMMING A MYKEY Optional Settings 1. Switch the ignition on using an admin

key. 2. Access the main menu using the

information display. Select MyKey and press OK.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to an optional feature.

4. Press OK to make a selection.

CLEARING ALL MYKEYS 1. Switch the ignition on using an admin

key. 2. Access the main menu using the

information display. Select MyKey and press OK.

3. Scroll to Clear All and press OK. 4. Press and hold OK until you see a

message informing you that all MyKeys have been cleared.

Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status.

CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS You can find information about your programmed MyKeys by using the information display. See Information Displays (page 85).

MyKey Distance Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey. The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does not accumulate as expected, then the intended user is not using the MyKey, or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey.

Number of MyKeys Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when all MyKeys have been deleted.

52

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

MyKey (If Equipped)

Number of Admin Keys Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature to determine how many admin keys you have for your vehicle, and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed.

USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS MyKey is not compatible with non-Ford-approved aftermarket remote start systems. If you choose to install a remote start system, please see an authorized dealer for a Ford-approved remote start system.

MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING

All Vehicles

Potential CausesCondition

The key in the ignition is not an admin key.I cannot create a MyKey. The key in the ignition is the only key. There always has to be at least one admin key.

The key in the ignition is not an admin key.I cannot program the optional settings. There are no MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 51).

The key in the ignition is not an admin key.I cannot clear the MyKeys. There are no MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 51).

Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer.

I have lost the only admin key.

The MyKey is not being used by the intended user.

The MyKey distance does not accumulate.

The MyKeys have been cleared. See Clearing All MyKeys (page 52).

53

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

MyKey (If Equipped)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING Note: All doors will be unlocked 10 seconds after the airbag deploys due to impact and following this the hazard warning flashers will flash.

Power Door Locks

The power door lock switch is located at the front part of the front inner handles.

Press the top button once. The doors will unlock.

A

Door lock indication.B

Press the button once. The doors will lock.

C

Door Lock Indicator A LED on the power door lock control illuminates when you lock the door. They will remain illuminated for up to five minutes after you switch the ignition off.

Door Lock Switch Inhibitor When you electronically lock your vehicle while the ignition is off, the power door lock switch will no longer operate after twenty seconds. You must unlock your vehicle with the remote control, or switch the ignition on to restore function to these switches. You can switch this feature on or off in the information display See Information Messages (page 88).

Autolock The autolock feature will lock all the doors when: all doors and swing gate are closed, the ignition is on, you shift into any gear putting the

vehicle in motion, and the vehicle attains a speed greater than

10 mph (20 km/h) If you open one or more doors, the autolock feature will repeat when: the vehicle speed has been less than

9.3 mph (15 km/h) for at least two seconds; and

your vehicle meets the autolock conditions again.

Remote Control You can use the remote control any time the vehicle is not running. When the ignition is on and your vehicle speed is at or below 3.1 mph (5 km/h), you can use the remote control to lock and unlock the doors.

Unlocking the Doors Note: You can unlock the driver door with the key. Use the key when the remote control is not functioning.

54

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Doors and Locks

Note: When you lock your vehicle for several weeks, the remote control switches off. Your vehicle must be unlocked and the engine started using the key. Unlocking and starting your vehicle once will enable the remote control.

Press the button to unlock all the the doors. The turn signals will flash once.

Reprogramming the Unlocking Function You can reprogram the unlocking function. Using the remote control, you can choose between unlocking only the driver door or all doors in the first press. To do so, press and hold lock and unlock buttons in the remote control for 4 seconds. The turn lamps will flash twice. To revert, repeat the process. You can also reprogram through the cluster. See Information Displays (page 85).

Locking the Doors Press the button to lock all the doors. The direction indicators will flash.

Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed. The doors will lock again, the horn will sound once and the direction indicators will flash if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed. Note: If hood or luggage compartment is open when you press the button once, the direction indicators will not flash. This indicates your vehicle did not lock. If a rear door, the luggage compartment or the hood is open (on vehicles with an anti-theft alarm) when you press the button again within three seconds, the horn sounds twice and the direction indicators will not flash. This indicates your vehicle locked but there is one or more items open.

Note: The direction indicators will flash as locking feedback only when ignition is OFF.

Automatic Relocking (If Equipped) The doors will relock automatically if you do not open a door within 45 seconds of unlocking the doors with the remote control. The door locks and the alarm will return to their previous state. This feature will be disabled when you receive the vehicle.You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. See Information Displays (page 85).

Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the Key Note: Do not leave your keys in your vehicle.

Locking with the Key Turn the top of the key toward the front of your vehicle.

Unlocking with the Key Note: If the child safety locks are on and you pull the interior handle, you will only switch off the emergency locking, not the child safety lock. You can only open the doors using the external door handle. Note: If the doors have been unlocked using this method, the doors must be locked individually until the central locking function has been repaired. Turn the top of the key toward the rear of your vehicle. You can unlock all other doors individually by pulling the interior door handles. Note: When the central locking function fails to operate, lock the doors individually using the key in the position shown.

55

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Doors and Locks

Autounlock Autounlock unlocks all the doors when all of the following occur: The ignition is on, all the doors are

closed, and your vehicle has been moving at a speed greater than 12.4 mph (20 km/h).

Your vehicle comes to a stop and you switch the ignition off or to the accessory position.

You open the driver door within 10 minutes of switching the ignition off or to accessory.

Note: If you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off with the driver door closed, the doors will not autounlock. You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. See Information Displays (page 85).

Smart Unlock This feature helps to prevent you from locking your key inside your vehicles passenger compartment or rear cargo area. When you electronically lock your vehicle with any door open and the ignition is off, the system searches for a keyfob inside your vehicle after you close the last door.

If the system finds a Intelligent Access key (if equipped) or there’s a key in the ignition switch, all of the doors will immediately unlock and the horn will sound twice, indicating that a key is inside. When you electronically lock your vehicle with any door open and the ignition is in RUN, the vehicle will unlock all doors and sound the horn twice. You can switch the horn feedback of this feature on or off in the information display. See Information Displays (page 85).

Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and some exterior lamps illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote control. The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if: The ignition is on. You press the remote control lock

button. After 25 seconds of illumination. The lights will not turn off if: You turn them on with the lamp

control. Any door is open. In this case, more of

the interior lighting will illuminate and the timer will reset.

Illuminated Exit The interior lamps illuminate when all doors are closed and you switch the ignition off. The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and: 25 seconds have elapsed. You switch ignition to RUN. When any door is opened, the exterior lamps will illuminate and remain on for 25 seconds, along with the interior. Whenever a door is opened or closed, the timer will reset.

56

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Doors and Locks

KEYLESS ENTRY (If Equipped)

General Information Note: The system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cell phones. The system will not function if: Your vehicle battery has no charge. The passive key frequencies are

jammed. The passive key battery is flat. Note: If the system does not function, you will need to use the key blade to lock and unlock your vehicle. The system allows you to operate your vehicle without the use of a key or remote control.

Locking and unlocking requires a valid intelligent access key to be located within one of the there external detection ranges. These are located approximately 5 ft (1 m) from the front door handles and from the swing gate handle. You can also use the Intelligent Access key as a remote control. See Locking and Unlocking (page 54).

Locking Using Intelligent Access

Touch the outer door handle lock sensor for approximately one second to lock, being careful to not touch the unlock sensor on the back of the door handle at the same time. After locking, you can immediately pull on the door handle to confirm locking occurred without inadvertently unlocking. Note: Your vehicle does not lock itself automatically. If you do not lock, your vehicle will remain unlocked. Note: Locking touch surfaces are located on each of the front doors. For central locking and to arm the alarm: Touch the locking surface once. After locking the doors with the lock sensor, there is a brief delay before you can unlock your vehicle. This delay lets you pull the handle to make sure your vehicle is locked. Note: When the delay period is over, you can open the doors again, provided the Intelligent Access is within the respective detection range. Two short flashes of the direction indicators confirms that all the doors and swing gate have been locked and that the alarm (if equipped) has been armed.

Unlocking Using Intelligent Access

57

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Doors and Locks

Note: Your vehicle remains locked for longer than three days, the system will enter an energy-saving mode. This is to reduce the discharge of your vehicle battery. When your vehicle is unlocked while in this mode, the reaction time of the system may be a little longer than normal. To exit the energy-saving mode, unlock your vehicle. With your intelligent access key within 5 ft (1 m) of your vehicle, touch the unlock sensor on the back of the door handle for a brief period and then pull on the door handle to unlock, being careful to not touch the lock sensor at the same time or pulling the door handle too quickly. The intelligent access system requires a brief delay to authenticate your intelligent access key fob. Note: Keep the door handle clean to make sure the system operates correctly. Note: A valid passive key must be located within the detection range of that door. One long flash of the direction indicators confirms that all the doors and swing gate have been unlocked and that the alarm (if equipped) has been disarmed.

Unlocking only Driver Door If the unlocking function is reprogrammed so that only the driver door is unlocked See Remote Control (page 45). Note the following: If the driver door is the first door which is unlocked, the other doors and swing gate will remain locked. All the other doors can be unlocked from inside your vehicle by pressing the unlock button located at the front part of the front inner handles. Doors can be unlocked individually by pulling the interior door handles on those doors. If the front passenger door is the first door which is unlocked, all the doors will be unlocked.

Disabled Keys Any keys left inside your vehicle interior when it is locked will be disabled. You cannot use a disabled key to switch the ignition on or start the engine. You must enable all Intelligent Access again in order to use them. To enable all your Intelligent Access, unlock your vehicle using a passive key or the remote control unlocking function. All Intelligent Access will then be enabled if you switch the ignition on or your vehicle is started using a valid key.

Intelligent Access — Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the Key Blade (If Equipped)

1. Push the release button and pull the key blade out.

2. Remove the key blade and insert it into the lock.

Note: Only the driver door handle has a lock cylinder.

58

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Doors and Locks

TAILGATE

WARNINGS It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in

these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death.

Make sure that you fully close the tailgate to prevent exhaust fumes from entering your vehicle. If you are

unable to fully close the tailgate, open the air vents or the windows to allow fresh air to enter your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

Make sure that you fully close the tailgate to prevent passengers and cargo from falling out. Failure to

follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

Note: Be careful when opening or closing the tailgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the tailgate.

Opening the Tailgate

tailgate release button.A Note: Vehicle without Intelligent Access, you must unlock your vehicle in order to open the tailgate. Note: Vehicle with Intelligent Access you can unlock your vehicle in order to open the tailgate or if an intelligent access key is within 3.3 ft (1 m) of the tailgate, the tailgate unlocks when you press the tailgate release button even if the vehicle is locked. Note: For vehicles with a spare wheel, when you unlatch the tailgate and pull the exterior handle, the mechanism fully opens the tailgate. When closing, the mechanism slowly closes the tailgate. Press the release button located on the tailgate right-hand tail lamp.

59

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Doors and Locks

Closing the Tailgate If you had unlocked your vehicle prior to opening the tailgate, it will remain unlocked when you close the tailgate. If the vehicle was locked and you opened the tailgate by approaching the vehicle with the passive key, when the tailgate is closed the vehicle will remain locked.

60

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Doors and Locks

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM Principle of Operation The system prevents someone from starting the engine with an incorrectly coded key. Note: The system is not compatible with non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems. Use of these systems may result in engine starting problems and a loss of security protection Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may result in vehicle starting problems, especially if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle. Prevent these objects from touching the coded key when starting your vehicle. Switch the ignition off, move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart your vehicle if a problem occurs. Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key in your vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.

SecuriLock The system is an engine immobilization system. It is designed to help prevent the engine from being started unless a coded key programmed to your vehicle is used. Using the wrong key may prevent the engine from starting. A message may appear in the information display. If you are unable to start the engine with a correctly coded key, a malfunction has happened and a message may appear in the information display.

Automatic Arming When you switch the ignition off the engine immobilizer will arm automatically after a short time.

Automatic Disarming When you switch the ignition on, the engine immobilizer will disarm automatically if a correctly coded key is used. If you are unable to start the engine with a correctly coded key, have your vehicle checked by an Authorized Dealer.

Replacement Keys Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with two remote controls with a folding key blade or two intelligent access keys. The remote controls with a folding key blade functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts the vehicle, as well as a remote control. The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start system, as well as a remote control. If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key, you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys. Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences. See your authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys. Note: Have all of your remaining keys erased and recoded if you lose a key. Have replacement keys coded together with recoding your remaining keys. See an authorized dealer for further information. Note: Do not shield your keys with metal objects. This may prevent the receiver from recognizing a coded key.

61

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Security

Programming a Spare Remote Control With a Folding Key Blade You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitter or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. This procedure will program both the vehicle immobilizer keycode and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle. You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible. Contact an authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed keys are not available. Make sure that the ignition is switched off before beginning this procedure. Carry out all steps within 30 seconds of starting the sequence. Stop and wait for at least one minute before starting again if you carry out any steps out of sequence. Note: You can program a maximum of four coded keys to your vehicle. Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin. 1. Insert the first previously programmed

coded key into the ignition. 2. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep

the ignition on for at least 3 seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.

3. Switch the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition.

4. After at least 3 seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off, insert the second previously coded key into the ignition.

5. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least 3 seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.

6. Switch the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition.

7. After at least 3 seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key, insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition.

8. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds.

9. Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition.

If you have successfully programmed the coded key, it will start your vehicle and operate the remote entry system. If programming was unsuccessful, wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8. If programming remains unsuccessful, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer. Wait 20 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 9 to program an additional key.

Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key Note: You can program a maximum of four keys to your vehicle. You must have two previously programmed intelligent access keys inside your vehicle and the new unprogrammed intelligent access key readily accessible. You can purchase replacement keys or remote controls from an authorized dealer. Make sure that the ignition is switched off before beginning this procedure. Make sure that you close all the doors before beginning and that they remain closed throughout the procedure. Carry out all steps within 30 seconds of starting the sequence. Stop and wait for at least one minute before starting again if you carry out any steps out of sequence. Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin. Remove the key blade from the transmitter.

62

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Security

1. Open the floor console storage compartment lid.

2. Remove the tray.

3. Place the key into the backup slot. 4. Press the push button ignition switch.

5. Wait five seconds and then press the push button ignition switch again.

6. Remove the intelligent access key. 7. Within 10 seconds, place a second

programmed intelligent access key in the backup slot and press the push button ignition switch.

8. Wait five seconds and then press the push button ignition switch again.

9. Remove the intelligent access key. 10. Wait five seconds, then place the

unprogrammed intelligent access key in the backup slot and press the push button ignition switch.

Programming is now complete. Check that the remote control functions operate and your vehicle starts with the new intelligent access key. If programming was unsuccessful, wait 10 seconds and repeat steps 1 through 6. If it still does not work, take your vehicle to an authorized dealer.

ANTI-THEFT ALARM Alarm System (If Equipped)

Perimeter Alarm (if equipped) The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against unauthorized access to your vehicle through the doors and the hood.

Triggering the Alarm Once armed, the alarm is triggered in any of the following ways: If someone opens a door, the tailgate

or the hood without a valid key or remote control.

If someone switches your vehicle on without a correctly coded key.

63

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Security

If the alarm is triggered, the alarm horn will sound for 30 seconds and the hazard warning flasher will flash for five minutes. Any further attempts to perform one of the above will trigger the alarm again.

Arming the Alarm With ignition OFF and doors closed, lock the vehicle via Remote Control or exterior door handle. Alarm will be armed after 20 seconds. Arming the alarm can also be achieved by locking the vehicle using the trim switches while a side door is open and closing all doors, or using the driver’s door cylinder. In these two last cases, alarm will be armed after 20 seconds. Note: Alarm will arm due to an auto-relock. See Doors and Locks (page 54).

Disarming the Alarm Vehicles Without Intelligent Access System

Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking the doors with the key and switching your vehicle on with a correctly coded key or unlocking the doors with the remote control.

Vehicles with Intelligent Access System Note: A valid intelligent access key must be located within the detection range of that door for entry. Disarm the alarm by performing a intelligent access entry, or switching your vehicle on, or unlocking the vehicle with the remote control.

Disarm the alarm by performing a keyless entry, or switching your vehicle on, or unlocking the vehicle with the remote control.

64

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Security

ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL

WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving.

Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 104).

1. Unlock the steering column. 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired

position.

3. Lock the steering column.

AUDIO CONTROL Select the required source on the audio unit. You can operate the following functions with the control:

Volume up.A Seek up or next.B

65

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Steering Wheel

Volume down.C Seek down or previous.D

Seek, Next or Previous Press the seek button to: Tune the radio to the next or previous

stored preset. Play the next or the previous track. Press and hold the seek button to: Tune the radio to the next station up

or down the frequency band. Seek through a track.

VOICE CONTROL

Press the button to select or deselect voice control. See Using Voice Recognition (page 319).

CRUISE CONTROL

See Using Cruise Control (page 156).

INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL

See General Information (page 85).

HEATED STEERING WHEEL (If

Equipped)

The heated steering wheel button is on the climate controls.

Press the button to switch the heated steering wheel on and off.

Note: You can only switch the heated steering wheel on when the engine is on.

66

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Steering Wheel

WINDSHIELD WIPERS

Single wipe.A Intermittent wipe.B Normal wipe.C High-speed wipe.D

Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on. Note: Make sure you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash. Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper Blades (page 215). If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. See General Information (page 85). Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass or damage the wiper blades. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield.

Intermittent Wipe

Short wipe interval.A Intermittent wipe.B Long wipe interval.C

Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval.

Speed Dependent Wipers (If Equipped)

When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between wipes decreases.

AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped)

Autowipers uses a rain sensor in the area around the interior mirror. The wipers operate when the rain sensor detects water on the windshield in front of it. The rain sensor continues to monitor the amount of water and adjusts the speed of the wipers. You can switch autowipers off in the information display. See Autowipers (page 67). If you switch autowipers off, the windshield wipers operate in intermittent mode.

67

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wipers and Washers

High sensitivity.A Autowipers on.B Low sensitivity.C

Move the wiper lever upward to the first position to switch autowipers on. Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the autowipers. When you select low sensitivity, the wipers operate when the sensor detects a large amount of water on the windshield. When you select high sensitivity, the wipers operate when the sensor detects a small amount of water on the windshield. Note: Keep the outside of the windshield clean. The rain sensor is very sensitive and the wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield. If you leave autowipers on, it may not operate when you switch the ignition on during freezing temperatures. This is because the system has deactivated the rain sensor to prevent damage to the windshield wipers. Defrost the windshield before reactivating the rain sensor. You can reactivate the rain sensor by moving the rotary control or switching autowipers off and on. Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on.

Note: Make sure that you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash. Wet or winter weather conditions could cause unexpected wiping or smearing. To keep the windshield clear: Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers

to reduce the amount of smearing on the windshield.

Switch autowipers off. Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. See Autowipers (page 67).

WINDSHIELD WASHERS

Pull the lever toward you to operate the windshield washers. When you release the lever, the wipers operate for a short time. A courtesy wipe occurs a short time after the wipers stop to clear any remaining washer fluid. Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This could cause the washer pump to overheat.

Heated Washer Jets (If Equipped)

The system heats the washer fluid when the heated windshield is on.

68

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wipers and Washers

Settings To switch courtesy wipe on or off, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to select the following:

ActionMenu Item

Press the menu button.Settings

Press the OK button.Vehicle Settings

Press the OK button.Wipers

Press the OK button.Courtesy Wipe

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERS Rear Window Wiper

Intermittent wipe.A Continuous wipe.B Rear window wiper off.C

If you shift to reverse (R) when the windshield wipers are on, the rear window wiper turns on. You can switch reverse wipe off in the information display. Note: Make sure you switch the rear window wiper off before entering a car wash.

Rear Window Washer

Push the lever away from you to operate the rear window washer. When you release the lever, the wipers operate for a short time. Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This may cause the washer pump to overheat.

69

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wipers and Washers

GENERAL INFORMATION Condensation in the Exterior Front Lamps and Rear Lamps Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in air pressure. Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents, there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. When normal condensation occurs, a fine mist can form on the interior of the lens. The fine mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation. Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions. Examples of acceptable condensation are: The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,

drip marks or large droplets). A fine mist covers less than 50% of the

lens. Examples of unacceptable condensation are: A water puddle inside the lamp. Streaks, drip marks or large droplets

present on the interior of the lens. If you see any unacceptable condensation, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

LIGHTING CONTROL

Off.A Parking lamps, instrument panel lamps, license plate lamps and tail lamps.

B

Headlamps.C Note: Prolonged use of the parking lamps causes the battery to run out of charge. Note: Parking lamps may turn off automatically. This prevents the vehicle battery from running out of charge.

Parking Lamps Switch the ignition off.

Both Sides Select position B on the lighting control to switch the parking lamps on.

70

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Lighting

High Beams

Push the lever forward to switch the high beams on. Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off.

Headlamp Flasher

Pull the lever toward you slightly and release it to flash the headlamps.

AUTOLAMPS (If Equipped)

WARNING The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to

override the system if it does not turn the headlamps on in low visibility conditions, for example daytime fog.

When the lighting control is in the autolamps position, the headlamps automatically turn on in low light situations or when the wipers activate. If equipped, the following also activate when the lighting control is in the autolamps position and you switch them on in the information display: Configurable daytime running lamps. Note: If you have autolamps switched on you can only switch the high beam headlamps on once the system has turned the headlamps on.

71

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Lighting

Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps (If Equipped)

When the headlamp switch is in the Autolamps position, the windshield wiper activated exterior lamps will turn on within 10 seconds when you switch the windshield wipers on. They turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off. This feature does not turn on the exterior lamps: During a single wipe. While the wipers are on to clear washer

fluid during a wash condition. If the wipers are in automatic or

intermittent modes. Note: If you have autolamps and autowipers switched on the low beam headlamps will turn on automatically when the windshield wipers operate continuously.

Autolamps Delay (If Equipped)

When the Autolamps have the headlamps and position/parklamps turned on, and the ignition is turned OFF, the headlamps and position/parklamps will remain on for an additional 20 seconds (the autolamp exit delay) or until the Autolamps are disabled. You can change the delay period in the information display. See Information Displays (page 85).

INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER

Press it repeatedly or press it and hold it until the desired level is reached. Note: If you disconnect the battery or it loses charge the instrument lighting will return to its brightest setting.

HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY After you switch the ignition off, you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you. You will hear a short tone. The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed. You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator toward you again or switching the ignition on.

72

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Lighting

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS

WARNING The daytime running lamps system does not activate the rear lamps and may not provide adequate lighting

during low visibility driving conditions. Make sure you switch the headlamps on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a crash.

Type 1 — Conventional (Non- Configurable) The daytime running lamps turn on when: 1. You switch the ignition on. 2. The transmission is not in park (P) for

vehicles with automatic transmissions or the parking brake is released for vehicles with manual transmissions.

3. The lighting control is in the off, parking lamp or autolamps lighting control sensor must be detecting daylight positions.

Type 2 — Configurable You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. See Information Displays (page 85). Switch the daytime running lamps on or off using the information display controls. The daytime running lamps turn on when: 1. You switch them on in the information

display. 2. You switch the ignition on. 3. The transmission is not in park (P) for

vehicles with automatic transmissions or the parking brake is released for vehicles with manual transmissions.

4. The lighting control is in the autolamps position.

5. The lighting control sensor detects daylight, and the headlamps or parking lamps are off.

The other lighting control switch positions do not activate the daytime running lamps, and you can use them to temporarily override autolamp control. When you switch them off in the information display, the daytime running lamps are off in all lighting control switch positions.

FRONT FOG LAMPS (If Equipped)

Press the control to switch the fog lamps on or off. You can switch the fog lamps on when the lighting control is in any position except off. Note: Only use fog lamps during reduced visibility, for example, fog, snow or heavy rain. Note: If you switch autolamps on, you can only switch the fog lamps on once autolamps has turned the headlamps on.

73

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Lighting

DIRECTION INDICATORS

Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators. Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times to indicate a lane change.

INTERIOR LAMPS Courtesy lamp

OffA Door contactB OnC

If you set the switch to position B, the courtesy lamp will come on when you unlock or open a door or the luggage compartment lid. If you leave a door open with the ignition switch off, the courtesy lamp will go off automatically after some time to prevent the vehicle battery from discharging. To switch it back on, switch on the ignition for a short time. The courtesy lamp will also come on when you switch off the ignition. It will go off automatically after a short time or when you start or restart the engine. If you set the switch to position C with the ignition switch off, the courtesy lamp will come on. It will go off automatically after a short time to prevent the vehicle battery from discharging. To switch it back on, switch on the ignition for a short time.

Reading lamps

Press the buttons to switch the reading lamps on and off.

74

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Lighting

Vanity lamp (If Equipped)

Position the visor downward. Press the button to switch the vanity lamp on and off.

AMBIENT LIGHTING (If Equipped)

Adjust the ambient lighting using the touchscreen.

75

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Lighting

POWER WINDOWS

WARNINGS Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. Failure to

follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

When closing the power windows, verify they are free of obstruction and make sure that children and pets are

not in the proximity of the window openings.

Note: If the power window is operated many times on a short period the switch may be inactivated for some moment to avoid overheat on power window system.

Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open. Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise. Press the switch to open the window. Lift the switch to close the window.

One-Touch Down (If Equipped)

Press the switch fully and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window.

One-Touch Up (If Equipped)

Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or lift it again to stop the window.

Bounce-Back (If Equipped)

The window will stop automatically while closing. It reverses some distance if there is an obstacle in the way

Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature

WARNING If you override bounce-back, the window does not reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take care when closing

the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle.

1. Close the window twice until it reaches the point of resistance and let it reverse.

2. Close the window a third time to the point of resistance. You disabled the bounce-back feature and you can now close the window manually. The window travels past the point of resistance and you can close it fully.

Note: : Contact an Authorized Dealer as soon as possible if the window does not close after the third attempt. The window reaches the desired position. The window travels up with no bounce-back protection. The windows stops if you release the switch before the window closes fully.

Resetting the One-Touch and Bounce-Back Feature (if equipped) Note: The bounce-back feature remains turned off until you reset the memory. If you have disconnected the battery, you must reset the bounce-back memory for driver window.

76

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Windows and Mirrors

1. Lift and hold the switch until the window is fully closed.

2. Hold the switch for a few seconds. 3. Release the switch. 4. Open the window and then try to close

it automatically. 5. Repeat the procedure if the window

does not close automatically.

Window Lock

Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls. It will illuminate when you lock the rear window controls.

Accessory Delay You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door.

EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors Note: Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving.

Left-hand mirrorA Adjustment controlB Right-hand mirrorC

To adjust a mirror: 1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.

The control will illuminate. 2. Adjust the position of the mirror. 3. Press the mirror switch again.

Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors (If

Equipped)

Note: Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear. Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the exterior mirrors. They can increase your visibility along the side of your vehicle. Check the main mirror first before a lane change, then check the blind spot mirror. If the blind spot mirror does not show any vehicles in its viewing area and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance, signal that you intend to change lanes. Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes.

77

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Windows and Mirrors

The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance. The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches (A). The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).

INTERIOR MIRROR

WARNING Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle,

serious personal injury or death.

Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products. You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference. Some mirrors also have a second pivot point. This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side. Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night.

Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)

Note: Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror. Mirror performance may be affected. A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor. The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle. It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up.

MOONROOF (If Equipped)

WARNINGS Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the moonroof. Failure to follow

this instruction could result in personal injury.

When closing the moonroof, verify that it is free of obstruction and make sure that children and pets are

not in the proximity of the roof opening.

The sunscreen can be manually opened or closed when the glass panel is closed. The moonroof control is located on the overhead console.

78

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Windows and Mirrors

The moonroof has a one-touch open and close feature. To stop it during one-touch operation, press the control a second time.

Opening and Closing the Moonroof

Press and release the rear of the control to open the moonroof. Press and release the front of the control to close the moonroof.

Bounce-Back The moonroof will stop automatically while closing. It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way. Pull and hold the SLIDE control within two seconds of a bounce-back event to override this function. The first closing operation after the override will disable the anti-pinch function(bounce-back). After, standard operation is restored.

Venting the Moonroof With moonroof closed, press and release the front of the switch to vent the moonroof. Press and release the rear of the switch to close the moonroof. In case moon roof functional does not work properly, follow this relearning procedure:

1. Press the moonroof close control to fully close the moonroof. Release and press moonroof close control again until sunroof moves into full vent position.

2. In full vent position, press and hold the moonroof close control for approximately fifteen seconds, until the moonroof moves.

3. Quickly release the moonroof close control, re-press and hold for approximately three seconds, until the moonroof moves to fully closed, fully open and back to fully closed automatically.

Confirm the relearning was successful by opening and closing the sun shade. The moonroof switch has a two stage operation, half press and full press. All relearning procedure must be done with half press operation.

79

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Windows and Mirrors

GAUGES

Information display.A Speedometer.B Fuel gauge.C Gear Indicator (Automatic Transmission only).

D

Engine coolant temperature gauge.

E

Tachometer.F

Information Display Odometer Records the total distance traveled by your vehicle.

Outside Air Temperature Shows the outside air temperature.

Compass (If Equipped) Displays the vehicles heading direction.

Trip Computer See Trip Computer (page 88).

Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General Information (page 85).

80

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Instrument Cluster

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

WARNING Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling

system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

At normal operating temperature the indicator will remain in the center section. If the needle enters the red section, the engine is overheating. Stop the engine, switch the ignition off and determine the cause once the engine has cooled down. See Engine Coolant Check (page 208). Note: Do not restart the engine until the cause of overheating has been determined and resolved.

Fuel Gauge Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank. The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient. The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located.

The fuel filler door is on the left-hand side of your vehicle.

A

The fuel filler door is on the right-hand side of your vehicle.

B

WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious. Some lamps illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work. If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle, refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information. Note: Some warning indicators appear in the information display and operate the same as a warning lamp but do not illuminate when you start your vehicle.

Airbag Warning Lamp If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, continues to flash or remains on when the

engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

81

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Instrument Cluster

Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Lamp

If it illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Your vehicle

continues to have normal braking without the anti-lock brake system function. It also illuminates momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked by an authorized dealer. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Brake System Warning Lamp WARNING

Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous. A significant decrease in braking performance

may occur. It may take you longer to stop your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury.

It illuminates when you engage the parking brake and the ignition is on.

If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure the parking brake is disengaged. If the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. It also illuminates momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked by an authorized dealer. Have your vehicle checked immediately.

Direction Indicator Flashes during operation. An increase in the rate of flashing warns of a failed indicator bulb.

Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp It illuminates and a chime sounds until you fasten the seatbelts.

Front Fog Lamp Indicator (If Equipped)

It illuminates when you switch the front fog lamps on.

Headlamp High Beam Indicator It illuminates when you switch the headlamp high beam on.

Batterry It illuminates when you switch the ignition on. If it illuminates when the engine

is running this indicates a malfunction.

Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Parking Lamps It will illuminate when you switch the parking lamps on.

Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp If it illuminates when you are driving, refuel as soon as possible.

82

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Instrument Cluster

Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp It illuminates if the tire pressure in one or more tires is below the correct tire pressure.

Auto Start-Stop (If Equipped)

It illuminates to inform you when the engine shuts down or in conjunction with a message.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp The MIL illuminates when the ignition is initially turned on. The indicator must be off so that the

engine starts operating, indicating that the system is operational. If the indicator stays illuminated while engine is running, see a Ford Distributor to correct the problem. See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 81).

Powertrain Malfunction If it illuminates when driving, a powertrain fault has been detected. Contact your

authorized dealer as soon possible.

Oil Pressure Warning Lamp It illuminates when you switch the ignition on. If it illuminates when the engine

is running this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil level. If the oil level is sufficient, this indicates a system malfunction. Have your vehicle checked immediately. See Engine Oil Check (page 206).

Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp

WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is running or hot.

Note: Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct. Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately.

If it stays on after starting or illuminates when driving, this indicates a malfunction. Stop

your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the coolant level. See Engine Coolant Check (page 208).

Blind Spot (If Equipped)

It will illuminate when you switch this feature off or a fault has been detected. Contact your

authorized dealer as soon possible.

Door Ajar Warning Lamp Illuminates when you switch the ignition on and remains on if any door, the hood or the liftgate is

not closed properly.

Stability Control and Traction Control Off Warning Lamp

It illuminates when you switch the system off. See Stability Control (page

150).

83

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Instrument Cluster

Stability Control and Traction Control Indicator

Flashes during operation. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or remains

on when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: The system automatically turns off if there is a malfunction. See Using Traction Control (page 149). See Using Stability Control (page 150).

AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Automatic Transmission Sounds when you open the driver’s door and do not move the transmission selector lever to position P.

Key Outside Car Vehicles with Intelligent Access System Sounds when you close the door, the engine is running and the system does not detect a passive key inside your vehicle.

Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver’s door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on.

Low Fuel Reminder A low fuel reminder displays and sounds when the fuel level reaches 1/16th of the scale or the distance to empty is 37 mi (60 km) or less.

Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at different fuel gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal.

Seatbelt Reminder WARNING

Do not sit on top of a fastened seatbelt to prevent the seatbelt reminder from coming on. The

occupant protection system will only provide optimum protection when you use the seatbelt properly.

Note: The seatbelt reminder remains in stand-by mode when the front seatbelts have been fastened. It sounds if either seatbelt is unfastened. Sounds when your vehicle speed exceeds the pre-determined limit and the front seatbelts are unfastened. The chime will stop after a period of time.

84

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Instrument Cluster

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

You can control various systems on your vehicle using the information display controls on the steering wheel. The information display shows the corresponding information.

Information Display Controls

Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu.

Press the right button to enter a submenu.

Press the left button to exit a submenu. Press the OK button to choose and

confirm settings or messages.

Menu Structure — Information Display You can access the menu using the information display control. Note: It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased.

Trip computer 1 and 2

Trip 1

Trip 2

Reset AllReset Individual Values

Reset Trip Odometer

Reset Trip Timer

85

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Trip computer 1 and 2

Reset Average Fuel

Reset Average Speed

Set to DefaultConfigure View

Trip Odometer

Trip Timer

Average Fuel

Average Speed

Distance to Empty

Instantaneous Fuel

MyView

Digital Speedometer

Speedo/Instant. Fuel

Trip/Audio

Calm Screen

Navigation

Home

Previous Destinations

Favorite Destinations

POI Nearby

Phone

All Calls

Incoming Calls

Outgoing Calls

Missed Calls

86

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Settings

Intelligent 4WDInformation

MyKey Info

Tire Pressure

Auto StartStop

LanguageDisplay

L/100 kmDistance Unit

km/L

Miles & Gallons

Celsius (C)Temperature Unit

Fahrenheit (F)

psiTire Pressure

kPa

bar

Blind SpotDriver Assistance

Cross Traffic Alert

Rear Parking Aid

All SensorsAlarm SettingsAlarm systemVehicle Settings

Perimeter Sensing

Ask on Exit

Auto Engine Off

InformationChimes

OffAutolamp DelayLighting

10 Seconds

20 Seconds

120 Seconds

Daytime Running Lights

87

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Settings

AutolockLocks

Autounlock

Mislock Chirp

Remote Unlock

Switches Inhibit

Courtesy WipeWipers

Rain Sensing

Reverse Wiper

MyKey InfoMyKey

Create MyKey

TRIP COMPUTER Resetting the Trip Computer Press and hold OK on the current screen to reset the respective trip, distance, time and average fuel consumption information.

All Values Indicates all the respective trip, distance, time and average fuel consumption information.

Average Fuel Consumption Indicates the average fuel consumption since the function was last reset.

Instantaneous Fuel (If Equipped)

Indicates the current fuel consumption.

Distance to Empty Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in the tank. Changes in driving pattern may cause the value to vary.

Outside Air Temperature Shows the outside air temperature.

Trip Odometer Registers the distance traveled of individual journeys.

Trip Timer Registers the elapsed time of individual journeys or the total time since the function was last reset.

INFORMATION MESSAGES Note: Depending on your vehicle options and instrument cluster type, not all of the messages will display or be available.

88

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Note: The information display may abbreviate or shorten certain messages.

Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display. The information display will automatically remove other messages after a short period of time. You need to confirm certain messages before you can access the menus.

Accessory Power

ActionMessage

Displays if you switch the ignition on and do not start the engine.

Full Accessory Power Active

Airbag

ActionMessage

Displays when the system requires service due to a malfunction. Contact an authorized dealer.

Airbag fault Service now

Alarm

ActionMessage

Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page

63).

Alarm activated Check Vehicle

Displays when the system requires service due to a malfunction. Contact an authorized dealer.

Alarm fault Service required

Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthorized entry.

Vehicle Alarm To Stop Alarm, Start Vehicle.

Alarm Announcement

89

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Brake System

ActionMessage

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Check Brake System

Battery and Charging System

ActionMessage

Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch off the ignition. Contact an authorized dealer.

Electrical system overvoltage Stop safely

Displays to warn of a low battery condition. Turn off all unneeded electrical accessories. Contact an

authorized dealer.

Battery low See manual

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

ActionMessage

Displays if the tire pressure in one or more tires is below the correct pressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (page 261).

Tire Pressure Low

Tire Pressure Low Specified:

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. See

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 261).

Tire Pressure Monitor Fault

Displays if the system detects a fault with a tire pres- sure sensor or the spare tire is in use. See Tire Pres-

sure Monitoring System (page 261). If the warning message remains on after you have

checked the tire pressures, the system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked

as soon as possible.

Tire Pressure Sensor Fault

90

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Engine

ActionMessage

Engine service is required. Contact an authorized dealer.

Engine fault Service now

Displays when the engine has reduced power in order to help reduce high coolant temperature.

Power reduced to lower engine temperature

Displays when the engine temperature is too high. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, switch

the engine off and allow it to cool. If the problem persists, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Engine Coolant Over Temper- ature

Fuel System

ActionMessage

Refuel as soon as possible.Fuel Level Low

Refuel as soon as possible.

Fuel Level Low Distance Metric:##0 Km To Empty

Fuel Level Low Distance Imperial:#0 Miles To Empty

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Fuel Pressure Low

Displays if the system detects there is excess water in the fuel filter. Have your vehicle checked as soon as

possible.

Water in Fuel Drain Filter

Hill Start Assist

ActionMessage

Displays when hill start assist is not available. Contact an authorized dealer. See Hill Start Assist (page

147).

Hill start assist not available

91

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Keyless Vehicle

ActionMessage

Displayed if the key is not detected by the system. See Push Button Ignition Switch (page 120).

No Key Detected

Displayed as a reminder to turn off the vehicle. See Push Button Ignition Switch (page 120).

Switch ignition off.

Displayed as a reminder to press the brake while starting the vehicle.

To START Press Brake

Displayed when a valid key is not detected within the vehicle. See Push Button Ignition Switch (page 120).

Key Not Inside vehicle

Displays when the key battery is low. Change the battery as soon as possible. See Remote Control

(page 45).

Key Battery low Replace soon

Lighting

ActionMessage

Displays if an electrical malfunction occurs with the headlamp system. Have your vehicle checked as soon

as possible.

Check Headlamp System See manual

Maintenance

ActionMessage

Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system should be inspected immediately. See Brake

Fluid Check (page 212).

Brake fluid level low Service now

Indicates that the vehicle sold date has been successful updated. If this date has not been set,

contact your authorized dealer.

Maintenance Set initial date

Displays when the date and time are not set.Maintenance Set date

92

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

ActionMessage

Displays when the service interval has been reset.Service Done

Displays when the date and time is not set. If the date and time are set and the message remains, contact

an authorized dealer.

Maintenance Reminder Set To Off

Indicates that your vehicle has reached the estimated time or distance for the scheduled maintenance.

Contact an authorized dealer.

Service Required

MyKey

ActionMessage

Displays when you are programming a MyKey.Create MyKey

Displays when you are programming a MyKey.Hold OK to Create MyKey

Displays when trying to create a MyKey with a key already designated as a MyKey.

Key is Already a MyKey

Displays when you are programming a MyKey and the key is not correctly positioned in the backup slot.

Place Key in Backup Location

Displays if the system fails to create a MyKey.MyKey not Created

Displays when MyKey is active.MyKey Active Drive Safely

Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is reached.

Check Speed Drive Safely

Displays when starting your vehicle, a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on.

Speed Limited to avg speed metric:##0 km/h

Speed Limited to avg speed imperial:##0 MPH

Displays when a MyKey is in use and the vehicle speed approaches a preset speed limit.

Near Vehicle Top Speed

Displays when a MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is reached.

Vehicle at Top Speed of MyKey Setting

Displays when a MyKey is in use and seatbelt reminder is activated.

Buckle Up to Unmute Audio

Displays when a MyKey is in use and you try to switch the parking aid system off.

MyKey Park Aid Cannot be Deactivated

93

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Park Aid

ActionMessage

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Aid Fault

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Check Park Aid

Check Front Park Aid

Check Rear Park Aid

Displays when the park pilot system sensors are blocked. See Parking Aids (page 151).

Park Pilot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual

Front Park Pilot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual

Rear Park Pilot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual

Park Brake

ActionMessage

Displays when the parking brake is set, the engine is running and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays on after the parking

brake is released, contact an authorized dealer.

Park brake applied

Displays as a reminder to apply the parking brake. Park Brake Not Applied

Park Brake Not Applied Apply Park Brake

Displays if you have not released the parking brake and the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h).

Brake Applied Power Reduced

Release Park Brake If the warning message remains on after you have released the parking brake, the system has detected

a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Park Brake Malfunction Service Now

94

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Power Steering

ActionMessage

The power steering system is not working. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.

Steering loss Stop safely

The power steering system is not working. Stop the vehicle in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.

Steering assist malfunction Service required

The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system or passive entry or

passive start system requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.

Steering malfunction Service now

Stability Control

ActionMessage

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

SHIFT SYS FAULT Sport Unavailable Service Required

Starting System

ActionMessage

Displays when you start your vehicle as a reminder to fully press the brake pedal.

To START Press Brake

Displays when you start your vehicle as a reminder to fully press the clutch pedal.

To START Press Clutch

Displays when you start your vehicle as a reminder to fully press the brake and clutch pedals.

To START Press Brake and Clutch

Displays if your vehicle fails to start.Cranking Time Exceeded

Displays when the system cannot detect a valid key.No Key Detected

Displays if you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key. The system has detected a fault

that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Starting System Fault

Displays for 20 seconds if you switch the engine off and the system cannot detect a valid passive key. After

10 seconds, you can no longer start your vehicle if it does not detect a valid passive key.

Restart Now or Key is Needed

95

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Traction Control

ActionMessage

Displays when the traction control system has been switched on.

Traction Control On

Displays when the traction control system has been switched off.

Traction Control Off

Transmission

ActionMessage

The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Transmission malfunction Service now

Transmission Service Required

The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, switch

the engine off and allow the transmission to cool.

Transmission Overtemperature Stop Safely

Transmission Overheating Stop Safely

Transmission Too Hot Press Brake

The transmission has limited functionality. The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your

vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Transmission Limited Function See Manual

Displays at low ambient temperatures if it takes a few seconds for the transmission to engage a gear. Fully press the brake pedal until the message disappears

from the information display.

Transmission Warming Up Please Wait

Displays as a reminder to shift into park (P).Transmission Not in Park

Press the brake pedal to unlock the transmission.Press Brake to Unlock Gearshift Lever

Displays when the gearshift lever unlocks.Gearshift Lever Unlocked

96

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

Vehicle Settings

ActionMessage

Your vehicle is in transport mode. Some features on your vehicle are not available. Have

your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Transport Mode Contact Dealer

97

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Information Displays

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Outside Air Keep the air intakes in front of the windshield free from obstruction (such as snow or leaves) to allow the climate control system to function effectively.

Recirculated Air The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. Outside air does not enter your vehicle. Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up.

Heating Heating performance depends on the temperature of the coolant.

General Information on Controlling the Interior Climate Close the windows.

Warming the Interior Direct the air toward your feet. In cold or humid weather conditions, direct some of the air toward the windshield and the door windows.

Cooling the Interior Direct the air toward your face.

Air Conditioning The system directs condensation to the outside of your vehicle, which could cause a small pool of water to form under your vehicle. This is normal. Note: The air conditioning operates only when the temperature is above 39F (4C). Note: When you use air conditioning, your vehicle uses more fuel.

AIR VENTS Center Air Vents

Side Air Vents

98

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Climate Control

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL — VEHICLES WITH: ELECTRONIC MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EMTC) Switching Climate Control On and Off

Switching Recirculated Air On and Off

Recirculates air to reduce unwanted odors from entering the vehicle.

Switching Air Conditioning On and Off

Switching Maximum Defrost On and Off

Turn the temperature control clockwise to the full heat position to maximize defrosting.

Note: When you switch maximum defrost off, theWindshield Wiper De-icer and heated rear window remain on.

Switching Maximum Cooling On and Off

Turn the temperature control counterclockwise to the lowest setting to maximize cooling.

Note: When you switch maximum cooling off, air conditioning remains on.

Adjusting the Blower Motor Speed Lights on the control illuminate to indicate the fan speed.

Changing the Direction of Airflow Directs air through the windshield air vents.

Directs air through the instrument panel air vents.

Directs air through the footwell air vents.

Adjusting the Temperature

You can adjust the temperature in small increments.

99

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Climate Control

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL — VEHICLES WITH: ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EATC) Switching Climate Control On and Off

Switching Recirculated Air On and Off

Recirculates air to reduce unwanted odors from entering the vehicle.

Switching Air Conditioning On and Off

Switching Maximum Defrost On and Off

Note: When you switch maximum defrost off, the Windshield Wiper De-icer and heated rear window remain on.

Switching Maximum Cooling On and Off

Note: When you switch maximum cooling off, air conditioning remains on.

Swtiching Auto Mode On and Off Press AUTO to cycle through the various settings and off. Faster blower motor speeds are

indicated by more indicator lights. The system controls the blower motor speed and direction of airflow to reach and maintain the set temperature.

Adjusting the Blower Motor Speed Lights on the control illuminate to indicate the fan speed.

Changing the Direction of Airflow Directs air through the windshield air vents.

Directs air through the instrument panel air vents.

Directs air through the footwell air vents.

Adjusting the Temperature

100

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Climate Control

You can adjust the temperature between 59.985.1F (15.529.5C) in small increments. When set to low temperatures, the system switches to permanent cooling. When set to high temperatures , the system switches to permanent heating.

HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE — VEHICLES WITH: ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EATC) General Hints Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats. Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield. Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting. Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on. Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up. Note: Adjusting the settings when your vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is not necessary. The system automatically adjusts to heat or cool the interior to your selected temperature as quickly as possible. For the system to function efficiently, the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open. Note: When you select automatic mode and the ambient temperature is low and the engine is cold, airflow is directed to the windshield and side air vents.

Note: When you select automatic mode and the interior and exterior temperatures are high, the system selects recirculated air to maximize cooling. When the desired temperature is reached, recirculated air turns off. Note: When you switch the system off, outside air is prevented from entering your vehicle. Note: When you select maximum defrost, air conditioning turns on and airflow is not directed to the instrument panel and footwell air vents.

Quickly Heating the Interior Press AUTO. Select the highest temperature.

Recommended Settings for Heating Press AUTO. Select the desired temperature.

Quickly Cooling the Interior Press MAX A/C.

Recommended Settings for Cooling Press AUTO. Select the desired temperature.

Defogging the Side Windows in Cold Weather Select maximum defrost.

101

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Climate Control

Maximum Cooling Using the Instrument Panel and Footwell Air Vents Select the lowest temperature. Switch on the air conditioning and

recirculated air. Select the highest blower motor speed

and then adjust to suit comfort levels.

HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE — VEHICLES WITH: ELECTRONIC MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EMTC) General Hints Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats. Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield. Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting. Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on. Note: When you switch the system off, outside air is prevented from entering your vehicle. Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather, direct airflow to the windshield air vents. Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up.

Quickly Heating the Interior Select the highest blower motor speed. Select the highest temperature. Direct the airflow to the footwell air

vents.

Recommended Settings for Heating Select a high blower motor speed. Select the desired temperature. Direct the airflow to the footwell and

windshield air vents.

Quickly Cooling the Interior Select maximum cooling.

Recommended Settings for Cooling Select the highest blower motor speed. Select the desired temperature. Direct the airflow to the instrument

panel air vents. Press A/C.

Defogging the Side Windows in Cold Weather Select maximum defrost.

Maximum Cooling Using the Instrument Panel and Footwell Air Vents Turn the temperature control

counterclockwise to the lowest setting. Switch on the air conditioning and

recirculated air. Select the highest blower motor speed

and then adjust to suit comfort levels.

102

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Climate Control

HEATED REAR WINDOW — VEHICLES WITH: ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EATC)

Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog. The heated rear window turns off

after a short period of time. Note: Make sure the engine is on before operating the heated windows. Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle Warranty may not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.

HEATED REAR WINDOW — VEHICLES WITH: ELECTRONIC MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL (EMTC)

Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog. The heated rear window turns off

after a short period of time. Note: Make sure the engine is on before operating the heated windows. Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle Warranty may not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.

HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS When you switch the heated rear window on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on.

Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass when it is frozen in place. Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products.

Windshield Wiper De-icer (If Equipped)

The windshield wiper de-icer turns on in low temperatures or when you manually switch the heated rear window on.

CABIN AIR FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air filter, which gives you and your passengers the following benefits: It improves your driving comfort by

reducing particle concentration. It improves the interior compartment

cleanliness. It protects the climate control

components from particle deposits. You can locate the cabin air filter behind the center console, on the passenger side. Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter installed at all times. This prevents foreign objects from entering the system. Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system. Replace the filter at regular intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 383). For additional cabin air filter information, or to replace the filter, see an authorized dealer.

103

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Climate Control

SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION

WARNINGS Do not recline the seatback too far as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seatbelt, resulting in

serious injury in the event of a collision. Do not place objects higher than the top of the seat backrest. Failure to follow this instruction could result in

personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.

When you use them properly, the seat, head restraint, safety belt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash. We recommend that you follow these guidelines: Sit in an upright position with the base

of your spine as far back as possible. Do not recline the seatback more than

30 degrees.

Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable.

Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. We recommend a minimum of 10 in (25 cm) between your breastbone and the airbag cover.

Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent.

Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully.

Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips.

Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle.

HEAD RESTRAINTS

WARNINGS Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck

injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving.

The head restraint is a safety device. Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when

the seat is occupied. Failure to adjust the head restraint properly could reduce its effectiveness during certain impacts.

Adjust the head restraints for all passengers before you drive your vehicle. This will help minimize the

risk of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust the head restraints when your vehicle is moving.

104

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Note: Adjust the seatback to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable. If you are extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to its highest position. Front seat head restraint

Rear seat outboard head restraints

The head restraints consist of:

An energy absorbing head restraint.

A

Two steel stems.B Guide sleeve adjust and unlock button.

C

Guide sleeve unlock and remove button.

D

Fold buttonE

Rear center head restraint

The rear center head restraint consists of:

An energy absorbing head restraint.

A

Two steel stems.B Guide sleeve unlock and remove button.

C

Adjusting the Head Restraint Raising the Head Restraint Pull the head restraint up.

Lowering the Head Restraint 1. Press and hold button C. 2. Push the head restraint down.

Removing the Head Restraint 1. Pull the head restraint up until it

reaches its highest position. 2. Press and hold buttons C and D. 3. Pull the head restraint up.

105

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Installing the Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks.

Folding the Head Restraint 1. Press and hold button E. 2. Pull the head restraint back up to reset.

Tilting Head Restraints The front head restraints tilt for extra comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the following:

1. Adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding position.

2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward your head to the desired position.

After the head restraint reaches the forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward again to release it to the rearward, un-tilted position.

MANUAL SEATS

WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is moving. This may result in sudden

seat movement, causing the loss of control of your vehicle.

Do not recline the seatback too far as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seatbelt, resulting in

serious injury in the event of a collision. Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seat backrest before returning it to the original position.

Pull on the seat backrest to make sure that it has fully latched after returning the seat backrest to its original position. An unlatched seat may become dangerous if you stop suddenly or have a crash.

Make sure the seat fully locks into place by rocking it backward and forward. Not securing the seat into

the locked position can be dangerous in a crash and could cause serious personal injury or death.

106

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Moving the Seat Backward and Forward

Adjusting the Lumbar Support (If

Equipped)

107

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Adjusting the Height of the Drivers Seat (If Equipped)

Recline Adjustment

POWER SEATS (If Equipped)

WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is moving. This may result in sudden

seat movement, causing the loss of control of your vehicle.

Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat’s seatbelt, resulting in severe personal

injuries in the event of a crash.

108

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Adjust the Lumbar Support

109

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Adjust the Seat Back Recliner Adjust Four Way Position

110

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

REAR SEATS Flip and Fold Seat

With the seat unoccupied, lift the cushion and then fold down the seat back.

Lifting the Seat Cushion WARNINGS

Do not use the bench seats as a bed when your vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this warning could result in

serious personal injury or death. When folding or unfolding the seats, take care not to get your fingers caught between the seat backrest

and seat frame. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury.

Do not place any objects on a folded seat. Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop,

which may increase the risk of serious personal injury.

Insert your hand into the pull-strap on the cushion, lift upward on the cushion to flip it forward.

Lowering the Seat Cushion

WARNING Make sure that the seat backrests are secure and fully locked in their catches.

Note: When lowering the cushion, make sure no foreign objects are trapped underneath.

111

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Lower the seat cushion to the full-down position.

Folding the Seatback Down Note: Do not attempt to fold the rear seat backrest forward before flipping the seat cushion up and out from underneath it. Note: When folding the seatback, make sure no foreign objects are trapped underneath. Note: Do not attempt to fold the rear seat backrest forward before lowering the head restraints. See Head Restraints (page 104).

Before folding the rear row seats, fold the head restraint down by pushing the button located on the side of the head restraint.

When the seatback is in the upright and locked position, depress the back-latch release button.

Fold the seatback forward until it rests on the head restraints.

112

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Folding the Seatback Upright

WARNING When unfolding the seat, make sure that the seatbelts are not trapped behind the seat.

Note: Make sure that the seat cushion and backrests are secure and fully locked in their catches.

With the seat free of foreign objects, lift the seatback upright.

Secure the seatback in a fully upright and latched position, the latches will be secured to the side-pillar mounted strikers.

Rear Seat Armrest (if equipped)

113

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

Fold the armrest down to use the armrest.

HEATED SEATS (If Equipped)

WARNING People who are unable to feel pain to their skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal

cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion or other physical conditions, must exercise care when using the heated seat. The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This may cause the heated seat to overheat. Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles or other pointed objects. This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury.

Do not do the following: Place heavy objects on the seat. Operate the heated seat if water or any

other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow the seat to dry thoroughly.

Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running. Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge.

Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off. Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights.

114

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Seats

12 Volt DC Power Point

WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar

lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury.

Note: When you switch the ignition on, you can use the socket to power 12 volt appliances with a maximum current rating of 15 amps. If the power supply does not work after you switch the ignition off, switch the ignition on. Note: Do not hang any accessory from the accessory plug. Note: Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow. Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use. Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point. This damages the power point and may blow the fuse. Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point.

To prevent the battery from running out of charge: Do not use the power point longer than

necessary when the vehicle is not running.

Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods.

Locations Power points may be in the following locations: On the front of the center console. Next to the rear seat on the right hand

side.

110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped)

WARNING Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use. Do not use

any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point, since it will defeat the safety protection design. Doing so may cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury.

Note: The power point turns off when you switch the ignition off, or when the battery voltage drops below 11 volts.

115

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Auxiliary Power Points

Note: Depending on your vehicle, the power point cover may open to the right or upward. You can use the power point for electric devices that require up to 150 watts. It is on the rear of the center console. When the indicator light on the power point is: On: The power point is working, the

ignition is on. Off: The power point is off, the ignition

is off. Flashing: The power point is in fault

mode. The power outlet temporarily turns off power when in fault mode if the device exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your device and switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition back on, but do not plug your device back in. Let the system cool off and switch the ignition off to reset the fault mode. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on. Do not use the power point for certain electric devices, including: Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions. Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,

electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor-driven refrigerators.

Measuring devices, which process precise data, such as medical equipment or measuring equipment.

Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch-sensor lamps.

116

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Auxiliary Power Points

CENTER CONSOLE

WARNING Use only soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in a crash.

Your vehicle may be equipped with a variety of console features. These include: front cup holders storage compartments under armrest

with pen holder and removable tray storage compartments for mobile

phone in front of shifter lever auxiliary input jack (if equipped) USB (if equipped) auxiliary power point.

COOL BOX

Cool Box allows you to direct cool air into the glove box compartment. Air conditioning must be turned on. Use the rotary control inside the glove box to enable this feature .

GLASSES HOLDER (If Equipped)

117

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Storage Compartments

The glasses must be placed in the glasses holder with the lenses facing downward. If not, the glasses can fall down when the glasses holder is open.

118

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Storage Compartments

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNINGS Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and

exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage.

Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up

the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.

Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always

open the garage door before you start the engine.

Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If

you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.

If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 mi (10 km) after you reconnect it. This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period. When you start the engine, do not press the accelerator pedal before and during operation. Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine.

IGNITION SWITCH

Note: Make sure the key is clean before inserting it into any lock cylinder. Note: Do not leave the key in the ignition for an extended period of time when the engine is not running. This is to prevent the vehicle battery from losing charge.

Switching the Ignition Off Turn the key to position 0.

Switching the Ignition to Accessory Mode Turn the key to position I. Electrical accessories, for example the radio, operate without the engine running.

Switching the Ignition On Turn the key to position II. All electrical circuits and accessories are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate.

119

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Starting the Engine Turn the key to position III. Release the key when the engine starts.

PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH (If Equipped)

WARNING Always check that the steering wheel lock is deactivated before attempting to move your vehicle.

Failure to deactivate the steering wheel lock could result in a crash.

Note: The system may not function if the remote control is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cell phones. Note: The ignition automatically switches off when you leave your vehicle unattended. This is to prevent your vehicle battery from losing charge. Note: A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine.

Switching the Ignition On (Accessory Mode)

Press the button once without your foot on the brake or clutch pedal. It is located on the instrument panel near the steering wheel. All electrical circuits and accessories are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate. Press the button again without your foot on the brake or clutch pedal to turn your vehicle off completely.

Starting the Engine Vehicles with a Manual Transmission Note: Releasing the clutch pedal during engine start stops the engine cranking and returns the ignition to on. 1. Fully depress the clutch pedal. 2. Press the button.

Vehicles with an Automatic Transmission Note: Releasing the brake pedal during engine start stops the engine cranking and returns the ignition to on. 1. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N). 2. Fully press the brake pedal. 3. Press the button.

Failure to Start The system does not function if: The key frequencies are jammed. The key battery has no charge. If you are unable to start your vehicle, do the following:

120

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

1. Open the floor console storage compartment lid.

2. Remove the tray.

3. Place the key into the backup slot.

4. With the key in this position, you can use the push button ignition switch to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle.

Note: If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission, releasing the clutch pedal or button during engine start stops the engine cranking and returns the ignition to on. A message appears in the display. When the engine does not crank when the starter button is pressed: 1. Fully depress the clutch pedal (vehicles

with a manual transmission) and brake pedal (vehicles with an automatic transmission).

2. Press the button until the engine starts.

Stopping the Engine with the Vehicle Stationary Note: The ignition, all electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators turn off. Note: If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission, put the transmission selector lever in position P. Briefly press the button.

Stopping the Engine When the Vehicle is Moving Note: Switching off the engine when your vehicle is still moving results in a significant decrease in braking assistance. Higher effort is required to apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle. A significant decrease in steering assistance could also occur. The steering does not lock, but higher effort could be required to steer your vehicle. When you switch the ignition off, some electrical circuits, for example airbags, also turn off. If you unintentionally switch the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the engine. Press and hold the button for at least

one second or press it three times within two seconds.

121

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Move the transmission selector lever to the neutral position (vehicles with a manual transmission) or position N (vehicles with an automatic transmission) and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop.

When your vehicle has stopped, move the transmission selector lever to the neutral position (vehicles with a manual transmission) or position N (vehicles with an automatic transmission) and switch the ignition off.

STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE Before starting the engine, check the following: Make sure all occupants have fastened

their seatbelts. Make sure the headlamps and

electrical accessories are off. Make sure the parking brake is on. Shift into park (P) or neutral. Note: You can only attempt to start the engine for a limited amount of time before the starting system temporarily disables. If you exceed the starting time limit, a message may appear and you cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes.

Cold or Hot Engine Vehicles with Manual Transmission Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. Note: Releasing the clutch pedal during engine starting stops the engine from cranking. 1. Fully depress the clutch pedal. 2. Start the engine.

Vehicles with Automatic Transmission Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. 1. Fully depress the brake pedal. 2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N). 3. Start the engine.

All Vehicles If the engine does not start within 10 seconds, wait for a short period and try again. If the engine does not start after three attempts, wait ten seconds and follow the flooded engine procedure. If you have difficulty starting the engine when the temperature is below -13.0F (-25C), press the accelerator pedal to the mid-way point of its travel and try again.

Fuel Flooded Engine Vehicles with Manual Transmission 1. Fully depress the clutch pedal. 2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and

hold it there. 3. Start the engine.

Vehicles with Automatic Transmission 1. Fully depress the brake pedal. 2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N). 3. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and

hold it there. 4. Start the engine.

All Vehicles If the engine does not start, repeat the cold or hot engine procedure.

122

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Engine Idle Speed after Starting The speed at which the engine idles immediately after starting minimizes vehicle emissions and maximizes cabin comfort and fuel economy. The idle speed varies depending on certain factors. These include vehicle component and ambient temperatures as well as electrical and climate system demands.

Failure to Start Vehicles with Manual Transmission If the engine does not crank when you full depress the clutch pedal with the ignition key in position III, follow this procedure: 1. Fully depress both the clutch and brake

pedals. 2. Turn the key to position III until the

engine has started.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If

Equipped)

WARNINGS Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury. Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two-pronged adapters. There is a risk

of electrical shock. Do not fully close the hood, or allow it to drop under its own weight when using the engine block heater. This

could damage the power cable and may cause an electrical short resulting in fire, injury and property damage.

Note: The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0F (-18C).

The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant. This allows the climate control system to respond quickly. The equipment includes a heater element (installed in the engine block) and a wire harness. You can connect the system to a grounded 120-volt AC electrical source. We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation: Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord

that is product certified by Underwriters Laboratory (UL) or Canadian Standards Association (CSA). This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors, in cold temperatures, and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances. Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors. This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard.

Use as short an extension cord as possible.

Do not use multiple extension cords. Make sure that when in operation, the

extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water. This could cause an electric shock or fire.

Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area, clear of combustibles.

Make sure the heater, heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected.

Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes.

123

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before starting and driving your vehicle. Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use.

Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter.

Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary. The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of energy per hour of use. The system does not have a thermostat. It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation. Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity.

AUTOMATIC ENGINE SHUTDOWN For vehicles with a keyless ignition, this automatically shuts down your vehicle if it has been idling for an extended period. The ignition also turns off to save battery power. Before your vehicle shuts down, a message appears in the information display showing a timer counting down. If you do not intervene within 30 seconds, your vehicle shuts down. Start your vehicle as normal.

Automatic Engine Shutdown Override Note: You cannot permanently switch off the automatic shutdown.

You can stop the shutdown, or reset the timer, at any point before the 30-second countdown has expired by doing any of the following: Interacting with your vehicle, for

example pressing the brake or accelerator pedal.

124

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Starting and Stopping the Engine

AUTO-START-STOP The system helps reduce fuel consumption by automatically shutting off and restarting the engine while your vehicle is stopped. The engine will restart automatically when you release the brake pedal. In some situations, your vehicle may restart automatically, for example: To maintain interior comfort To recharge the battery Note: Power assist steering is turned off when the engine is off.

WARNINGS Always fully apply the parking brake. Make sure you shift into park (P) for vehicles with an automatic

transmission. Switch the ignition off and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle.

Before opening the hood or performing any maintenance, fully apply the parking brake, shift into

park (P) or neutral (N) and switch the ignition off.

Always switch the ignition off before leaving the vehicle. If the ignition is switched on an automatic restart

may occur at any time. The system may require the engine to automatically restart when the auto-start-stop indicator illuminates

green or flashes amber. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

The Auto-Start-Stop system status is available at a glance within the information display. See Information Displays (page 85).

Enabling Auto-Start-Stop The system is automatically enabled every time you start your vehicle if the following conditions are met: The Auto-Start-Stop button is not

pressed (not illuminated). Your vehicle exceeds an initial speed

of 3 mph (5 km/h) after the vehicle has been initially started.

Your vehicle is stopped. Your foot is on the brake pedal. The transmission is in drive (D). The driver’s door is closed. There is adequate brake vacuum. The interior compartment has been

cooled or warmed to an acceptable level.

The front windshield defroster is off. The steering wheel is not turned rapidly

or is not at a sharp angle. The vehicle is not on a steep road

grade. The battery is within optimal operating

conditions (battery state of charge and temperature in range).

The engine coolant is at operating temperature.

Elevation is below approximately 10,000 ft (3,048 m).

Ambient temperature is moderate. The green Auto-Start-Stop indicator light on the instrument cluster will illuminate to indicate

when the automatic engine stop occurs.

If the instrument cluster is equipped with a grey Auto-Start-Stop indicator light,

it is illuminated when automatic engine stop is not available due to one of the above noted conditions not being met.

125

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Unique Driving Characteristics

Automatic Engine Restart Any of the following conditions will result in an automatic restart of the engine: Your foot is removed from the brake

pedal. You press the accelerator pedal. You press the accelerator and the

brake pedal at the same time. The driver seatbelt becomes

unfastened or the driver door is ajar. The transmission is moved from drive

(D). Your vehicle is moving. The interior compartment does not

meet customer comfort when air conditioning or heat is on.

Fogging of the windows could occur and the air conditioning is on.

The battery is not within optimal operating conditions.

The maximum engine off time is exceeded.

When you press the Auto-Start-Stop button while the engine is stopped automatically.

The heated windshield is turned on. Any of the following conditions may result in an automatic restart of the engine: The blower fan speed is increased or

the climate control temperature is changed.

An electrical accessory is turned on or plugged in.

Disabling Auto-Start-Stop Press the Auto-Start-Stop button located on the center console to switch the system off. The button will illuminate. The system will only be deactivated for the current ignition cycle. Press the button again to restore Auto-Start-Stop function.

If your vehicle is in an Auto-Start-Stop state and you shift the transmission to reverse while the brake is not depressed, a message telling you to press the brake will appear. You must press the brake pedal within 10 seconds, or a shift to park and a manual restart will be required. Note: If the Shift to P, Restart Engine message appears and the amber Auto-Start-Stop indicator light is flashing, automatic restart is not available. The vehicle must be restarted manually. See Information Displays (page 85).

126

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Unique Driving Characteristics

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNINGS Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray

and fire. The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel

until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.

Fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled. Fuel may contain benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent. When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler

valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.

Follow these guidelines when refueling: Extinguish all smoking materials and

any open flames before refueling your vehicle.

Always switch the engine off before refueling.

Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed immediately call a physician, even if no symptoms are immediately apparent. The toxic effects of fuel may not be apparent for hours.

Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel vapor can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury.

Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you splash fuel in your eyes, immediately remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury.

Fuels can be harmful if absorbed through the skin. If you splash fuel on your skin, clothing or both, promptly remove contaminated clothing and thoroughly wash your skin with soap and water. Repeated or prolonged skin contact causes skin irritation.

Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing fuel vapors could cause an adverse reaction, serious personal injury or sickness. Immediately call a physician if you experience any adverse reactions.

FUEL QUALITY — GASOLINE Choosing the Right Fuel

Your vehicle is designed to operate on regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87.

127

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling

Some fuel stations, particularly those in high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating below 87. For best overall vehicle and engine performance, premium fuel with an octane rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The performance gained by using premium fuel is most noticeable in hot weather as well as other conditions, for example when towing a trailer. See Towing (page 171). Do not be concerned if the engine sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the engine knocks heavily while using fuel with the recommended octane rating, contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage. We recommend Top Tier detergent gasolines, where available to help minimize engine deposits and maintain optimal vehicle and engine performance. For additional information, refer to www.toptiergas.com. Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle was not designed can impair the emission control system, cause loss of vehicle performance, and cause damage to the engine which may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Do not use: Diesel fuel. Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin. Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol

or E85 fuel. Fuels containing methanol. Fuels containing metallic-based

additives, including manganese-based compounds.

Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).

Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is prohibited by law.

The use of fuels with metallic compounds such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known as MMT), which is a manganese-based fuel additive, will impair engine performance and affect the emission control system.

FUEL FILLER FUNNEL LOCATION The fuel filler funnel is under the luggage compartment floor covering.

RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Running out of fuel can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. If your vehicle runs out of fuel: Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel

to restart the engine. You may need to switch the ignition

from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine. When restarting, cranking time takes a few seconds longer than normal.

Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope, more fuel may be required.

Filling a Portable Fuel Container WARNING

Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity. This can cause a fire if you are filling

an ungrounded fuel container.

128

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling

Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up, which can produce a spark, when filling an ungrounded fuel container: Only use an approved fuel container to

transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the container on the ground when filling it.

Do not fill a fuel container when it is inside your vehicle (including the cargo area).

Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container when filling it.

Do not use a device that holds the fuel pump nozzle lever in the fill position.

Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel Container

WARNINGS Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel container or an aftermarket funnel into the fuel filler neck. This may

damage the fuel system filler neck or its seal and cause fuel to run onto the ground.

Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects. This could damage the fuel

system and its seal and cause injury to you or others.

Do not dispose of fuel in the household refuse or the public sewage system. Use an authorized

waste disposal facility.

When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page 128). Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as they may not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, do the following: 1. Fully open the fuel filler door.

2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the fuel filler inlet.

3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel container.

4. Remove the fuel filler funnel. 5. Fully close the fuel filler door. 6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it

back in your vehicle or correctly dispose of it.

Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from an authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel.

129

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling

REFUELING Refueling System Overview

Fuel filler door.A Fuel tank filler valve.B Fuel tank filler pipe.C

Your vehicle does not have a fuel tank filler cap.

Left-hand side. To open the fuel filler door, press the center rear edge of the fuel filler door and then release.

A

Right-hand side. To open the fuel filler door, press the center rear edge of the fuel filler door and then release.

B

Left-hand side. Pull the rear of the fuel filler door to open it.

C

Right-hand side. Pull the rear of the fuel filler door to open it.

D

Refueling Your Vehicle WARNINGS

When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler

valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.

The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel

until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.

130

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling

WARNINGS Do not pry open the fuel tank filler valve. This could damage the fuel system. Failure to follow this

instruction could result in fire, personal injury or death.

Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling. Stop refueling when the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the first time. Failure to follow this will

fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing.

Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray

and fire. Wait at least five seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into

the fuel tank.

1. Fully open the fuel filler door. 2. Select the correct fuel pump nozzle for

your vehicle.

3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the first notch on the nozzle A. Keep the fuel pump nozzle resting on the fuel tank filler pipe.

4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position B when refueling. Holding the fuel pump nozzle in position A can affect the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.

131

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling

5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within the area shown.

6. When you finish refueling slightly raise the fuel pump nozzle and slowly remove it.

7. Fully close the fuel filler door. Do not attempt to start the engine if you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect fuel. Incorrect fuel use could cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle immediately checked.

Refueling System Warning (If Equipped)

If the fuel tank filler valve does not fully close, a message may appear in the information display.

Message

Check Fuel Fill Inlet

If the message appears, do the following: 1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe

to do so and switch the engine off. 2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).

3. Apply the parking brake. 4. Fully open the fuel filler door. 5. Check the fuel tank filler valve for any

debris that may be restricting its movement.

6. Remove any debris from the fuel tank filler valve.

7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the fuel filler funnel provided with your vehicle into the fuel filler pipe. See Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page 128). This action should dislodge any debris that may be preventing the fuel tank filler valve from fully closing.

8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel filler funnel from the fuel filler pipe.

9. Fully close the fuel filler door. If this action corrects the problem the message may not immediately reset. If the message remains and a warning lamp illuminates, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

FUEL CONSUMPTION Advertised Capacity The advertised capacity is the maximum amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel tank after running out of fuel. Included in the advertised capacity is an empty reserve. The empty reserve is an unspecified amount of fuel that remains in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty. Your dealer can give you advice on improving your fuel consumption. Note: The amount of fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range.

132

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling

Filling the Fuel Tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank: Turn the ignition off before fueling; an

inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running.

Use the same fill rate (low-medium-high) each time the tank is filled.

The maximum tank capacity, during fueling, is reached when the pump is automatically cut off for the second time.

Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent.

Fuel Economy Your vehicle calculates fuel economy figures through the trip computer average fuel function. See Trip Computer (page 88). The first 1,000 mi (1,500 km) of driving is the break-in period of the engine. A more accurate measurement is obtained after 2,000 mi (3,000 km).

Impacting Fuel Economy Incorrect tire inflation pressures. Fully loading your vehicle. Carrying unnecessary weight. Adding certain accessories to your

vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars or light bars, running boards and ski racks.

Using fuel blended with alcohol. Fuel economy may decrease with lower

temperatures. Fuel economy may decrease when

driving short distances. You may get better fuel economy when

driving on flat terrain than when driving on hilly terrain.

133

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuel and Refueling

EMISSION LAW

WARNING Do not remove or alter the original equipment floor covering or insulation between it and the metal

floor of the vehicle. The floor covering and insulation protect occupants of the vehicle from the engine and exhaust system heat and noise. On vehicles with no original equipment floor covering insulation, do not carry passengers in a manner that permits prolonged skin contact with the metal floor. Failure to follow these instructions may result in fire or personal injury.

U.S. federal laws and certain state laws prohibit removing or rendering inoperative emission control system components. Similar federal or provincial laws may apply in Canada. We do not approve of any vehicle modification without first determining applicable laws.

Tampering with emissions control systems including related sensors or the Diesel

Exhaust Fluid system can result in reduced engine power and the illumination of the service engine soon light.

Tampering With a Noise Control System Federal laws prohibit the following acts: Removal or rendering inoperative by

any person other than for purposes of maintenance.

Repair or replacement of any device or element of the design incorporated into a new vehicle for the purpose of noise control prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use.

The use of the vehicle after any person removes or renders inoperative any device or element of the design.

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency may presume to constitute tampering as follows: Removal of hood blanket, fender apron

absorbers, fender apron barriers, underbody noise shields or acoustically absorptive material.

Tampering or rendering inoperative the engine speed governor, to allow engine speed to exceed manufacturer specifications.

If the engine does not start, runs rough, experiences a decrease in engine performance, experiences excess fuel consumption or produces excessive exhaust smoke, check for the following: A plugged or disconnected air inlet

system hose. A plugged engine air filter element. Water in the fuel filter and water

separator. A clogged fuel filter. Contaminated fuel. Air in the fuel system, due to loose

connections. An open or pinched sensor hose. Incorrect engine oil level.

134

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Engine Emission Control

Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions. Incorrect engine oil viscosity for

climactic conditions. Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed. Note: If these checks do not help you correct the concern, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited Tampering Acts and Maintenance On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation became effective governing the noise emission on trucks over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The preceding statements concerning prohibited tampering acts and maintenance, and the noise warranty found in the Warranty Guide, are applicable to complete chassis cabs over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

WARNINGS Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up

the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.

The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to

repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Use special care when working around the catalytic converter. The catalytic converter heats up to a very high temperature after only a short period of engine operation and stays hot after the engine is switched off.

WARNINGS Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If

you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.

Your vehicle has various emission control components and a catalytic converter that enables it to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards. To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly: Do not crank the engine for more than

10 seconds at a time. Do not run the engine with a spark plug

lead disconnected. Do not push-start or tow-start your

vehicle. Use booster cables. See Catalytic Converter (page 135).

Use only the specified fuel listed. Do not switch the ignition off when your

vehicle is moving. Avoid running out of fuel. Have the items listed in scheduled

maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule.

Note: Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system. If you use anything other than Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control, such non-Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability.

135

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Engine Emission Control

Illumination of the service engine soon indicator, charging system warning light or the temperature warning light, fluid leaks, strange odors, smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly. An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately. Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures, repairs, services, sells, leases, trades vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working. Information about your vehicles emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine. This decal also lists engine displacement. Please consult your warranty information for complete details.

On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II) Your vehicle has a computer known as the on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that monitors the engines emission control system. The system protects the environment by making sure that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards. The OBD-II system also assists a service technician in properly servicing your vehicle.

When the service engine soon indicator illuminates, the OBD-II system has detected a

malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate. Examples are:

1. Your vehicle has run out of fuelthe engine may misfire or run poorly.

2. Poor fuel quality or water in the fuelthe engine may misfire or run poorly.

3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed properly. See Refueling (page 130).

4. Driving through deep waterthe electrical system may be wet.

You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out. After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present, the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time you start the engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city and highway driving. No additional vehicle service is required. If the service engine soon indicator remains on, have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity. Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may not have symptoms that are apparent, continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs.

Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) Testing Some state and provincial and local governments may have Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle. Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration.

If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work, your vehicle may need

service. See On-Board Diagnostics.

136

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Engine Emission Control

Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly (bulb is burned out), or if the OBD-II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked. In this case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. If the vehicles engine or transmission has just been serviced, or the battery has recently run down or been replaced, the OBD-II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M testing, turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine. If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times, it means that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid, it means that your vehicle is ready for I/M testing. The OBD-II system checks the emission control system during normal driving. A complete check may take several days. If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing, you can perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving: 1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an

expressway or highway followed by 20 minutes of stop-and-go driving with at least four 30-second idle periods.

2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least eight hours with the ignition off. Then, start the vehicle and complete the above driving cycle. The vehicle must warm up to its normal operating temperature. Once started, do not turn off the vehicle until the above driving cycle is complete.

If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M testing, you need to repeat the above driving cycle.

137

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Engine Emission Control

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

WARNINGS Always fully apply the parking brake. Make sure you shift into park (P) for vehicles with an automatic

transmission. Switch the ignition off and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle.

Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously. Applying both pedals simultaneously

for more than a few seconds will limit engine performance, which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury.

When your vehicle is stationary, keep the brake pedal fully pressed when shifting gears. Failure to follow this

instruction could result in personal injury, death or property damage.

Note: Under certain conditions you may not be able to shift out of park unless the Intelligent Access Key is inside the vehicle.

Selector Lever Positions P Park R Reverse N Neutral D Drive S Sport mode Press the button on the front of the gearshift lever to shift to each position. Brake needs to be depressed to move out of (P). The gearshift lever position will be shown in the instrument cluster display.

Park (P) In this position, power is not transmitted to the driven wheels and the transmission is locked. You can start the engine with the gearshift lever in this position. Note: A warning tone sounds if you open the driver door and you have not shifted the gearshift lever to park (P).

Reverse (R) Shift the gearshift lever to reverse (R) to allow your vehicle to move backward

Neutral (N) In this position, power is not transmitted to the driven wheels but the transmission is not locked. You can start the engine with the gearshift lever in this position.

Drive (D) Drive (D) is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy and smoothness. The overdrive function allows automatic upshifts and downshifts through all forward gears. Shift the gearshift lever to drive (D) to allow your vehicle to move forward and shift automaticallu through the forward gears. The transmission will shift to the appropriate gear for optimum performance based on ambient temperature, road gradient, vehicle load and your input.

Sport Mode (S) Switch on sport mode by shifting the gearshift lever to sport (S). In Sport mode the transmission will select the optimum gear for best performance. This gear selection is typically lower than that of drive (D) and the shifts are faster.

138

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Transmission

SelectShift Automatic Transmission This feature gives you the ability to change gears up or down as desired. Downshifts are allowed unless the engine speed after the shift exceeds the maximum allowable limit. In order to prevent engine stalls, SelectShift automatically downshifts at low engine speeds. Note: Engine damage may occur if you maintain excessive engine revving without shifting. SelectShift does not automatically upshift, even if the engine is approaching the RPM limit, unless the accelerator pedal is at full travel. Take notice of the shift indicator lamp, which alerts you when to shift to make sure you achieve the highest level of efficiency and fuel economy. If equipped with the toggle on the gearshift lever, press the + toggle switch on the side of the gearshift lever to activate SelectShift.

If equipped with steering wheel paddles, pull the + paddle on the steering wheel to activate SelectShift. Pull the right paddle (+) to upshift. Pull the left paddle () to downshift.

SelectShift in drive (D): Provides temporary manual control of

the gear selection when a more demanding response is required (for example, when towing or overtaking). This mode holds a selected gear for a temporary period of time dependent on driver input (for example, steering wheel or accelerator pedal input).

139

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Transmission

SelectShift in sport (S): Provides manual gear selection without

a time out period. To exit SelectShift mode: If in drive (D), move the selector to

sport (S) and then back to drive (D). If in sport (S), move the selector to drive (D) and then back to sport (S).

Upshift to the recommended shift speeds according to the following chart:

Upshifts when accelerating (recom- mended for best fuel economy)

Shift from:

15 mph (24 km/h)1 — 2

25 mph (40 km/h)2 — 3

40 mph (64 km/h)3 — 4

45 mph (72 km/h)4 — 5

50 mph (80 km/h)5 — 6

The instrument cluster displays your current gear. If a gear is requested but not available due to vehicle conditions (too low or too high engine speed), the current gear flashes three times. Note: At full accelerator pedal travel, the transmission may automatically downshift for maximum performance.

Emergency Park Position Release Lever Note: Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working.

WARNINGS When doing this procedure, you need to take the transmission out of park (P) which means your vehicle can

roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, always fully apply the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. Use wheels chocks if appropriate.

If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be

working properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Note: For some markets this feature will be disabled. Your vehicle is equipped with a brake-shift interlock feature that prevents moving the gearshift lever from park (P) when the ignition is on and the brake pedal is not pressed. If you cannot move the transmission selector lever out of park (P) position with the ignition in the on position and the brake pedal pressed, a malfunction may have occurred. It is possible that a fuse has blown or your vehicles brake lamps are not operating properly. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 193). If the fuse is not blown and the brake lamps are working properly, the following procedure will allow you to move the gearshift lever from park (P).

140

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Transmission

1. Remove the shifter ring. 2. Remove the climate control bezel

without removing the wiring harness. 3. Remove the console. 4. Locate the lever and pull it out of the

park (P) position.

Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning This feature may increase durability and provide consistent shift feel over the life of your vehicle. A new vehicle or transmission may have firm shifts, soft shifts or both. This operation is considered normal and does not affect function or durability of the transmission. Over time, the adaptive learning process fully updates transmission operation.

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur. Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur, or the engine may overheat. If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow, it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.

141

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Transmission

USING FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE Four-wheel drive uses all four wheels to power the vehicle. This increases traction, enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two-wheel drive vehicle cannot. The 4WD system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator. Note: Your 4WD vehicle is not intended for off-road use. The 4WD feature gives your vehicle some limited off-road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level, obstruction-free and otherwise similar to normal on-road driving conditions. Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your warranty. Note: A warning message will be displayed in the information display when an 4WD system fault is present See Information Messages (page 88). An 4WD system fault will cause the 4WD system to default to front-wheel drive only mode. When this warning message is displayed, have your vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer Note: A warning message will be displayed in the information display if the 4WD system has overheated See Information Messages (page 88). This condition may occur if the vehicle was operated in extreme conditions with excessive wheel slip, such as deep sand. To resume normal 4WD function as soon as possible, stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes. After the engine has been restarted and the 4WD system has adequately cooled, the warning message will turn off and normal 4WD function will return.

Do not use a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided. If the mini-spare tire is installed, the 4WD system may disable automatically and enter front-wheel drive only mode to protect driveline components. This condition will be indicated by a warning in the information display See Information Messages (page 88). If there is a warning message in the information display from using the spare tire, this indicator should turn off after reinstalling the repaired or replaced normal road tire and cycling the ignition off and on. It is recommended to reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire as soon as possible. Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could cause the 4WD system to stop functioning and default to front-wheel drive or damage the 4WD system.

Driving In Special Conditions With Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)

WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables, then it is critical that you drive

cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death. If the rear end of your vehicle slides while cornering, steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of your vehicle.

4WD vehicles are equipped for driving on sand, snow, mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles, both on and off the highway. Under severe operating conditions, the A/C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine.

142

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

Basic operating principles in special conditions Drive slower in strong crosswinds which

can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle.

Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand, water, gravel, snow or ice.

If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the Pavement If your vehicle goes off the edge of the

pavement, slow down, but avoid severe brake application, ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed. Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface.

It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement. You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly.

It often may be less risky to strike small objects, such as highway reflectors, with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover. Remember, your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern.

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck

WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander.

Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur.

Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat. If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts, in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear. If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control, it may be beneficial to disengage the AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control system while attempting to rock the vehicle.

Emergency Maneuvers In an unavoidable emergency situation

where a sudden sharp turn must be made, remember to avoid «over-driving» your vehicle (i.e., turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency). Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control, not more. Additionally, smooth variations of the accelerator and/or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for. Avoid abrupt steering, acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and/or personal injury. Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel.

In the event of an emergency stop, avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements.

If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another (i.e., from concrete to gravel) there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver (steering, acceleration or braking). Again, avoid these abrupt inputs.

143

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

Sand When driving over sand, try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail. Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels. Do not drive your 4WD vehicle in deep sand. This will cause the 4WD system to overheat. After the system has cooled down, normal 4WD function will return. Under severe operating conditions, the A/C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine. Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle. Remember, you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution.

Mud and Water If you must drive through high water, drive slowly. Traction or brake capability may be limited. When driving through water, determine the depth; avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims (for cars) or the bottom of the hubs (for trucks) (if possible) and proceed slowly. If the ignition system gets wet, the vehicle may stall.

Once through water, always try the brakes. Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal. Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud. Even 4WD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud. As when you are driving over sand, apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels. If the vehicle does slide, steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle. After driving through mud, clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires. Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components. Note: Driving through deep water may damage the transmission. If the front or rear axle is submerged in water, the axle lubricant and 4WD PTU (Power Transfer Unit) lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary.

Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain Note: Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing traction, slipping sideways and possibly rolling over. Whenever driving on a hill, determine beforehand the route you will use. Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer. Whenever driving on a hill, determine beforehand the route you will use. Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer.

144

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline, you should always try to drive straight up or straight down. When climbing a steep slope or hill, start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started. This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling. If you do stall out, do not try to turnaround because you might roll over. It is better to back down to a safe location. Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill. Too much power will cause the tires to slip, spin or lose traction, resulting in loss of vehicle control.

Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating. Do not descend in neutral; instead, disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear. When descending a steep hill, avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control. The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle. Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, therefore apply the brakes steadily. Do not pump the brakes.

Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability. For this reason, Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts (such as lowering kits or stabilizer bars) or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment. Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control. Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device (such as ladder or luggage racks). Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty, increase your repair cost, reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety. Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to off-highway usage.

145

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

GENERAL INFORMATION Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes.

Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. If you experience this condition, apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Shift the transmission to park (P) (automatic transmission) or to a low gear (manual transmission), switch the engine off and apply the parking brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal and the area around it for any items or debris that may be obstructing its movement. If none are found and the condition persists, have your vehicle towed to the dealer for service.

Emergency Brake Assist Emergency brake assist detects when you brake heavily by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal. It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal. Emergency brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations.

Anti-lock Brake System (If Equipped)

This system helps you maintain steering control and vehicle stability during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking.

This lamp momentarily illuminates when you switch the ignition on. If the light does not

illuminate during start up, remains on or flashes, the system may be disabled. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is disabled, normal braking is still effective.

If the brake warning lamp illuminates when you release the parking brake, have the system

checked by an authorized dealer. Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out. If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer. Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear. See Cleaning the Wheels (page 234). Note: Depending on applicable laws and regulations in the country for which your vehicle was originally built, the brake lamps may flash during heavy braking. Following this the hazard warning flashers may also flash when your vehicle comes to a stop.

See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 81).

HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKES The anti-lock braking system does not eliminate the risks when: You drive too closely to the vehicle in

front of you. Your vehicle is hydroplaning.

146

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Brakes

You take corners too fast. The road surface is poor. Note: If the system activates, the brake pedal may pulse and may travel further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal.

PARKING BRAKE Vehicles With Automatic Transmission

WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and leave your vehicle with the transmission selector lever in

position P.

Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill move the transmission selector lever to position P and turn the steering wheel away from the curb. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill move the transmission selector lever to position P and turn the steering wheel toward the curb.

Vehicles With Manual Transmission

WARNING Always set the parking brake fully.

Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing uphill select first gear and turn the steering wheel away from the curb. Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and facing downhill select reverse gear and turn the steering wheel toward the curb.

All Vehicles Note: Do not press the release button while pulling the lever up. To apply the parking brake: 1. Press the foot brake pedal firmly. 2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its

fullest extent. To release the parking brake: 1. Press the brake pedal firmly. 2. Pull the lever up slightly. 3. Press the release button and push the

lever down.

HILL START ASSIST

WARNINGS The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking

brake and shift the transmission into park (P) for automatic transmission or first gear for manual transmission.

You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for

controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

The system turns off if there is a malfunction or if you excessively rev the engine.

The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake.

147

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Brakes

When the system activates, your vehicle remains stationary on a slope for a few seconds after you release the brake pedal. This allows you time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal. The brakes release when the engine has developed sufficient torque to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope. This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope, for example from a car park ramp, traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space. The system activates on any slope that causes your vehicle to roll. Note: There is no warning lamp to indicate the system is either on or off.

Using Hill Start Assist 1. Press the brake pedal to bring your

vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep the brake pedal pressed and shift into first gear when facing uphill or reverse (R) when facing downhill.

2. The system activates if the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope.

3. When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle remains on the slope without rolling away for a few seconds. This hold time increases if you are in the process of driving off.

4. Pull away in the normal manner.

Switching the System On and Off Vehicles with Manual Transmission You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle.

Vehicles with Automatic Transmission The system turns on when you switch the ignition on and you cannot switch the system off.

148

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Brakes

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction. If your vehicle begins to slide, the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and, when needed, reduces engine power at the same time. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction.

USING TRACTION CONTROL In certain situations for example, stuck in snow or mud, turning the traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin with full engine power. Depending on the type of system you have on your vehicle, you can either turn the system off using the information display or by pressing the button.

Switching the System Off Using the Information Display Controls (If Equipped)

Your vehicle comes with this feature already enabled. If required, you can switch this feature off using the information display controls. See Principle of Operation (page 149).

Switching the System Off Using a Switch (If Equipped)

The button is located in the instrument panel. Press the button. You will see a message in conjunction with an illuminated icon in the display. Press the button again to return the system to normal mode. When you switch the traction control system off, stability control remains fully active.

System Indicator Lights and Messages

WARNING If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system, the stability control light will illuminate

steadily. Verify that the AdvanceTrac system was not manually disabled through the information display. If the stability control light still illuminates steadily, have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately. Operating your vehicle with AdvanceTrac disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.

The stability control light temporarily illuminates on engine start-up and flashes

when a driving condition activates the stability system.

The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine start-up and stays on

when you turn the traction control system off.

When you turn the traction control system off or on, a message appears in the information display showing system status.

149

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Traction Control (If Equipped)

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Electronic Stability Control

WARNING The system is designed to aid the driver. It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment. You are

still responsible to drive with due care and attention.

The system supports stability when your vehicle starts to slide away from your intended path. The system does this by braking individual wheels and reducing engine torque. The system also provides an enhanced traction control function by reducing engine torque if the wheels spin when you accelerate. This helps to pull away on slippery roads or loose surfaces, and improves comfort by limiting wheel spin in hairpin bends.

Without ESC.A With ESC.B

Stability Control Warning Lamp Flashes during operation. See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 81).

USING STABILITY CONTROL The system automatically activates when you start your vehicle. The system cannot be completely turned off, but the electronic stability control system is disabled when the transmission selector lever is in position R. You can turn off the traction control portion of the system independently. See Using Traction Control (page 149).

150

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Stability Control (If Equipped)

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGS The system may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb reflection. Always drive with due care and

attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.

To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system. The system may not detect small or moving objects, particularly those close to the ground.

Note: Certain add-on devices installed around the rear fascia such as large trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks or certain add-on devices installed around the front fascia such as license plate brackets or frames, bumper covers, bumper guards or any other device that may block the normal detection zone of the system, may create false beeps. Note: In these cases the add-on devices must be removed in order to prevent the false beeps. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Blocked sensors may affect system accuracy. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms. Note: When a trailer is connected to the vehicle, the Rear Sensing System may detect the trailer and therefore provide warnings. It is suggested that the driver disables the Rear Sensing System when a trailer is connected to the vehicle to prevent these warnings.

We recommend that you take some time to get to know the system and its limitations by reading this section. The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of your vehicle. The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. The system may provide display or sound warnings when the detected obstacle is 12 in (30 cm) or less from the bumper. The system can be switched off through the information display menu or from the pop-up message that appears once you shift the transmission into reverse (R). If your vehicle is equipped with a front sensing system, you can switch the system off using the parking aid button. See General Information (page 85). If a fault is present in the system, a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow you to switch the system on. See Information Messages (page 88).

REAR PARKING AID The rear parking aid sensors automatically turn on when you shift into reverse (R). As your vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the rate of the audible warning increases. When the obstacle is less than 11.81 in (30 cm) the warning sounds continuously. If the system detects an object farther than 11.81 in (30 cm) from the corners of the bumper, the tone sounds for only three seconds. If the system detects an approaching object the warning sounds again.

151

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Parking Aids (If Equipped)

Coverage area of up to 6 ft (1.8 m) from the rear bumper. There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper. The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in reverse (R): Moving toward a stationary object at

a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less. Not moving, but a moving object is

approaching the rear of your vehicle at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.

Moving at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving object is approaching the rear of your vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h). The system provides audio warnings only when your vehicle is moving or when your vehicle is stationary and the detected obstacle is less than 10 in (30 cm) away from the bumper. Additionally, the system provides obstacle distance indication through the center stack display (if equipped). The visual indications are present when the transmission is in reverse (R).

As the distance to the obstacle decreases (obstacle becomes closer), the indicator blocks illuminate and move towards the vehicle icon.

If there is no obstacle detected, the distance indicator blocks show greyed out.

REAR VIEW CAMERA

WARNINGS The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in

conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.

Use caution when the rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo door is ajar, the camera will be out of position

and the video image may be incorrect. All guidelines disappear when the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the

screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system.

Reverse your vehicle slowly. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle,

personal injury or death. Use caution when turning camera features on or off when the transmission is not in park (P). Make

sure your vehicle is not moving.

The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind your vehicle. During operation, lines appear in the display which represent your vehicles path and proximity to objects behind your vehicle.

152

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Parking Aids (If Equipped)

Vehicles without spare wheel: camera is located on swing gate applique.

Vehicles with spare wheel: camera is mounted to the spare wheel bracket.

Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in reverse (R). The system uses three types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle: Active guidelines: Show the intended

path of your vehicle when reversing. Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path

your vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line. This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object behind you.

Centerline: Helps align the center of your vehicle with an object (for example, a trailer).

Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R) and the luggage compartment is ajar, no rear view camera features are displayed. Note: If the image comes on while the transmission is not in reverse (R), have the system checked as soon as possible. Note: When towing, the camera only sees what is being towed behind your vehicle. This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and some objects might not be seen. In some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear once the trailer tow connector is engaged. Note: The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions: Nighttime or dark areas if one or both

reverse lamps are not operating. The camera’s view is obstructed by

mud, water or debris. Clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner.

The rear of your vehicle is hit or damaged, causing the camera to become misaligned.

Access the rear view camera system settings through the information display. See General Information (page 85). After changing a system setting, the display screen shows a preview of the selected features.

Camera Guidelines Note: Dynamic guidelines are only available when the transmission is in reverse (R).

153

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Parking Aids (If Equipped)

Active guidelinesA CenterlineB Fixed guideline: Green zoneC Fixed guideline: Yellow zoneD Fixed guideline: Red zoneE

Active guidelines are only shown with fixed guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path. If the steering wheel position is changed while reversing, your vehicle might deviate from the original intended path. The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position. The active guidelines are not shown when the steering wheel position is straight.

Always use caution while reversing. Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are farther away. Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the exterior mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of your vehicle.

Manual Zoom

WARNING When manual zoom is on, the full area behind your vehicle may not show. Be aware of your surroundings

when using the manual zoom feature.

Note: Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in reverse (R). Note: When manual zoom is enabled, only the centerline is shown. This allows you to get a closer view of an object behind your vehicle. The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference. The zoom is only active while the transmission is in reverse (R). When the transmission is shifted out of reverse (R), the feature automatically turns off and must be reset when it is used again. Selectable settings for this feature are + and -. The default setting for the manual zoom is OFF.

Rear Camera Delay (If Equipped) When you shift the transmission out of reverse (R) and into any gear while the rear camera delay is active, the camera image displays until: Your vehicle speed sufficiently

increases. You shift your vehicle into park (P).

154

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Parking Aids (If Equipped)

Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF. The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF.

Enhanced Park Aids Note: The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects. When the sensing system detects an object, it displays red, yellow and green highlights at the top of the image. The alert highlights all objects detected. Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF.

155

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Parking Aids (If Equipped)

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Cruise control allows you to control your speed using the switches on the steering wheel. You can use cruise control when you exceed 20 mph or 30 km/h. Note: The system cancels if your vehicle speed drops below 10 mph / 16km/h under the set speed when driving uphill.

Changing the Set Speed Press and release SET + or SET -. When you select km/h as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in 1km/h increments. When you select mph as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in 1 mph increments.

USING CRUISE CONTROL

WARNINGS Do not use cruise control on winding roads, in heavy traffic or when the road surface is slippery. This could

result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death.

When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed could increase above the set speed. The system does not

apply the brakes.

To help the system to maintain the set speed when going downhill, downshift to a lower gear. Note: The system cancels if your vehicle speed drops below 10 mph (16 km/h) under the set speed when driving uphill. The cruise controls are on the steering wheel.

Switching Cruise Control On Press and release the cruise control button.

The indicator appears in the information display.

Setting the Cruise Speed 1. Drive to desired speed. 2. Press and release SET+ or SET-. 3. Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal. 4. The indicator changes color in the

information display.

Changing the Set Speed Press and release SET+ or SET-. When

you select km/h as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in approximately 1 km/h increments. When you select mph as the display measurement in the information display the set speed changes in approximately 1 mph increments.

Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed. Press and release SET+ or SET-.

Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release the control when you reach the desired speed.

Note: If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal, the set speed will not change. When you release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that you previously set.

Canceling the Set Speed Press and release CAN or tap the brake pedal. The set speed does not erase.

Resuming the Set Speed Press and release RES.

156

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Cruise Control (If Equipped)

Switching Cruise Control Off Press and release the OFF button, when the system is in standby mode or switch the ignition off. Note: You erase the set speed when you switch the system off.

157

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Cruise Control (If Equipped)

BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM (If Equipped)

WARNINGS Do not use the blind spot information system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or

looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The blind spot information system is not a replacement for careful driving.

The system may not operate properly during severe weather conditions, for example snow, ice,

heavy rain and spray. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.

The system is designed to detect vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone (A). The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle, extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 13 ft (4 m) beyond the rear bumper. Note: The system does not prevent contact with other vehicles. It is not designed to detect parked vehicles, pedestrians, animals or other infrastructures.

Using the Blind Spot Information System Vehicles with Automatic Transmission The system turns on when all of the following occur: You start your vehicle. You shift into drive (D). The vehicle speed is greater than

6 mph (10 km/h). Note: The system does not operate in park (P) or reverse (R).

Vehicles with Manual Transmission The system turns on when all of the following occur: You start your vehicle. The vehicle speed is greater than

6 mph (10 km/h). Note: The system does not operate in reverse (R).

System Lights and Messages

When the system detects a vehicle, an alert indicator illuminates in the exterior mirror on the side the approaching vehicle is coming from. If you turn the direction indicator on for that side of your vehicle, the alert indicator flashes.

158

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Driving Aids

Note: The system may not alert you if a vehicle quickly passes through the detection zone.

Blocked Sensors

The sensors are behind the rear bumper on both sides of your vehicle. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper stickers, repair compound or other objects. Note: Blocked sensors could affect system performance. If the sensors are blocked, a message may appear in the information display. See Information Messages (page 88). The alert indicators remain illuminated but the system does not alert you.

System Errors If the system detects a fault, a warning lamp illuminates and a message displays. See Information Messages (page 88).

Switching the System Off and On You can switch the system off using the information display. See General Information (page 85). When you switch the system off, a warning lamp illuminates and a message displays. When you switch the system on or off, the alert indicators flash twice. Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle.

Note: The system may not correctly operate when towing a trailer. For vehicles with a trailer tow module and tow bar approved by us, the system turns off when you attach a trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket trailer tow module or tow bar, we recommend that you switch the system off when you attach a trailer. To permanently switch the system off, contact an authorized dealer.

CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (If

Equipped)

WARNINGS Do not use the cross traffic alert system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or

looking over your shoulder before reversing out of a parking space. The cross traffic alert system is not a replacement for careful driving.

The system may not operate properly during severe weather conditions, for example snow, ice,

heavy rain and spray. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash.

The system is designed to alert you of vehicles approaching from the sides when you shift into reverse (R).

Using the Cross Traffic Alert System The system is designed to detect vehicles that approach with a speed up to 37 mph (60 km/h). Coverage decreases when the sensors are partially, mostly or fully obstructed. Slowly reversing helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness.

159

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Driving Aids

The system turns on when you start the engine and you shift into reverse (R). The

system turns off when you shift out of reverse (R).

The sensor on the left-hand side is only partially obstructed and zone coverage on the right-hand side is maximized.

160

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Driving Aids

Zone coverage also decreases when parking at narrow angles. The sensor on the left-hand side is mostly obstructed and zone coverage on that side is severely reduced.

System Lights, Messages and Audible Alerts

When the system detects a vehicle, an indicator illuminates in the exterior mirror on the side the approaching vehicle is coming from. A tone sounds and a message appears in the information display. Note: In exceptional conditions, the system could alert you even when there is nothing in the detection zone, for example a vehicle passing in the distance.

Blocked Sensors

The sensors are behind the rear bumper on both sides of your vehicle.

Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper stickers, repair compound or other objects. Note: Blocked sensors could affect system performance. If the sensors are blocked, a message may appear in the information display when you shift into reverse (R). See Information Messages (page 88).

System Limitations The system may not correctly operate when any of the following occur: The sensors are blocked. Adjacently parked vehicles or objects

are obstructing the sensors. Vehicles approach at speeds greater

than 37 mph (60 km/h). The vehicle speed is greater than 7 mph

(12 km/h). You reverse out of an angled parking

space.

System Errors If the system detects a fault a message displays. See Information Messages (page 88).

Switching the System Off and On You can temporarily switch the system off using the information display. See Information Messages (page 88). When you switch system off, a message displays. See Information Messages (page 88). Note: The system turns on each time you switch the ignition on and you shift into reverse (R). If you temporarily switch the system off, it turns on the next time you switch the ignition on.

161

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Driving Aids

Note: The system may not correctly operate when towing a trailer. For vehicles with a trailer tow module and tow bar approved by us, the system turns off when you attach a trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket trailer tow module or tow bar, we recommend that you switch the system off when you attach a trailer. To permanently switch the system off, contact an authorized dealer.

STEERING Electric Power Steering

WARNINGS The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system. If

a fault is detected, a message displays in the information display. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the ignition off. After at least 10 seconds, switch the ignition on and watch the information display for a steering system warning message. If a steering system warning message returns, have the system checked as soon as possible.

If the system detects an error, you may not feel a difference in the steering, however a serious condition

may exist. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible, failure to do so may result in loss of steering control.

Note: Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power-assisted steering system. There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill. The electric power steering system operates by an electric motor, which reduces the effort on the driver’s steering wheel.

The system operates progressively and during maneuvers, the system leaves the effort lighter. As the vehicle speed increases, it reduces its action to improve the control of the vehicle. If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving (or if the ignition is turned off), you can steer the vehicle manually, but it takes more effort. Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer. This occurs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system. If this should occur, you will not lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage. Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal.

Steering Tips Avoid sudden movements with the steering wheel. The force required to change the vehicle direction is lower, compared to a vehicle with mechanical steering. If the steering wanders or pulls, check for: An improperly inflated tire Uneven tire wear Loose or worn suspension components Loose or worn steering components Improper vehicle alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull.

162

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Driving Aids

LUGGAGE ANCHOR POINTS

REAR UNDER FLOOR STORAGE Adjustable Load Floor (If Equipped)

The adjustable load floor can be set to three different positions. When the Adjustable Load Floor is in the highest postition and the rear seat backrests are folded forward, the Adjustable Load Floor and the folded seats form a continous flat surface.

Lowest position.A Middle position.B Highest position.C

LUGGAGE COVERS

WARNING Do not place objects on the luggage cover. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal

injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash.

Use the luggage cover to cover items in the luggage area of your vehicle.

163

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Load Carrying

Insert the ends of the luggage cover into the mounting features located behind the rear seat on the rear trim panels to install the cover. To operate the cover: 1. Pull out the cover and secure it in the

retaining points. 2. Release it from the retaining points and

let it roll back into the case.

ROOF RACKS AND LOAD CARRIERS

WARNING When loading the roof racks, we recommend you evenly distribute the load, as well as maintain a low

center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher centers of gravity, may handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Take extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, when driving a heavily loaded vehicle.

Maximum recommended load, evenly distributed on the crossbars:

WeightTiresEngine

15 lbs (6.8 Kg)

16″1.0 L Ecoboost

44 lbs (20 Kg)

17″1.0 L Ecoboost

55 lbs (25 Kg)

-2.0 L 4WD

Note: Loads should never be placed directly on the roof panel. The roof panel is not designed to directly carry a load. For proper function of the roof rack system, loads must be placed directly on crossbars affixed to the roof rack side rails. Your vehicle may be equipped with factory-installed crossbars. Ford Genuine Accessory crossbars, designed specifically for your vehicle, are also recommended for use with your roof rack system. Make sure that the load is securely fastened. Check the tightness of the load before driving and at each fuel stop.

Adjusting the Crossbar (If Equipped)

Note: Wind noise can be minimized by either removing or repositioning the crossbar when not is use. Position the front crossbar in the intermediate position to minimize wind noise. The crossbar can be adjusted or removed using the steps below.

164

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Load Carrying

1. Remove the crossbar thumbwheels at both sides of the crossbar by turning them counterclockwise.

2. Remove the crossbar by rotating it clockwise and sliding the ends off of the shoulder bolts in the side rails.

3. Move the front crossbar to the new side rail position and slide the crossbar onto the shoulder bolt at that position.

4. Replace and tighten the thumbwheels at both sides of the crossbar by turning them clockwise until tight.

Make sure to check that the thumbwheels are tight each time load is added or removed from the roof rack, and periodically while traveling. Make sure that the load is secure before traveling.

LOAD LIMIT

Vehicle Loading — with and without a Trailer This section guides you in the proper loading of your vehicle, trailer, or both. Keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer. Properly loading your

vehicle provides maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before you load your vehicle, become familiar with the following terms for determining your vehicles weight rating, with or without a trailer, from the vehicles Tire and Loading Information label or Safety Compliance Certification label. Tire and Loading Label Information Example:

165

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Load Carrying

Payload

Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that your vehicle is carrying. The maximum payload for your vehicle appears on the Tire and Loading label. The label is either on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver door. Vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a tire and loading label. Look for The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg OR XXX lb for maximum payload. The payload listed on the Tire and Loading Information label is the maximum payload for your vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If you install any additional equipment on your vehicle, you must determine the new payload. Subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload listed on the Tire and Loading label. When towing, trailer tongue weight or king pin weight is also part of payload.

WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can

be limited either by volume capacity (how much space is available) or by payload capacity (how much weight the vehicle should carry). Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle, do not add more cargo, even if there is space available. Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) GAWR is the maximum allowable weight that a single axle (front or rear) can carry. These numbers are on the Safety Compliance Certification label. The label is located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position.

166

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Load Carrying

The total load on each axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) GVWR is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This includes all options, equipment, passengers and cargo. It appears on the Safety Compliance Certification label. The label is located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position. The gross vehicle weight must never exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. Safety Compliance Certification Label Example:

WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification

label vehicle weight limits can adversely affect the performance and handling of your vehicle, cause vehicle damage and can result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight Maximum loaded trailer weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow. Consult an authorized dealer (or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer) for more detailed information.

GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) GCWR is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer, including all cargo and passengers, that the vehicle can handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicles braking system is rated for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, not at Gross Combined Weight Rating.) Separate functional brakes should

167

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Load Carrying

be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross Combined Weight of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle. The gross combined weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating. Note: For trailer towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer.

WARNINGS Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the

certification label. Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying

capacities than the original tires because they may lower your vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations.

Exceeding any vehicle weight rating can adversely affect

the performance and handling of your vehicle, cause vehicle damage and can result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.

Steps for determining the correct load limit: 1. Locate the statement «The

combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb.» on your vehicles placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lb.

4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1,400 lb. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

168

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Load Carrying

Helpful examples for calculating the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You decide to go golfing. Is there enough load capacity to carry you, four of your friends and all the golf bags? You and four friends average 220 pounds (99 kilograms) each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each. The calculation would be: 1400 — (5 x 220) — (5 x 30) = 1400 — 1100 — 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms — (5 x 99 kilograms) — (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 — 495 — 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms. Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years. Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down, you have room for twelve 100-pound (45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home? If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms), the calculation would be: 1400 — (2 x 220) — (12 x 100) = 1400 — 440

— 1200 = — 240 pounds. No, you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms — (2 x 99 kilograms) — (12 x 45 kilograms) = 635 — 198 — 540 = -103 kilograms. You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds (104 kilograms). If you remove three 100-pound (45-kilogram) cement bags, then the load calculation would be:1400 — (2 x 220) — (9 x 100) = 1400 — 440 — 900 = 60 pounds. Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms — (2 x 99 kilograms) — (9 x 45 kilograms) = 635 — 198 — 405 = 32 kilograms. The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the front or the rear gross axle weight rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification label.

169

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Load Carrying

Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type Vehicles

WARNING When loading the roof racks, we recommend you evenly

distribute the load, as well as maintain a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher centers of gravity, may handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Take extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, when driving a heavily loaded vehicle.

170

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Load Carrying

TOWING A TRAILER

WARNINGS Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of your vehicle and

could result in engine damage, transmission damage, structural damage, loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.

Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.

Note: See Towing a Trailer (page 171). Your vehicle may have electrical items, such as fuses or relays, related to towing. See Fuses (page 193). Your vehicle’s load capacity designation is by weight, not by volume, so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle or trailer. Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle’s engine, transmission, axle, brakes, tires and suspension. Inspect these components periodically during, and after, any towing operation.

Load Placement To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving: Load the heaviest items closest to the

trailer floor. Load the heaviest items centered

between the left and right side trailer tires.

Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue. Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10-15% of the loaded trailer weight.

Select a ball mount with the correct rise or drop and load capacity. When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected, the trailer frame should be level, or slightly angled down toward your vehicle, when viewed from the side.

When driving with a trailer or payload, a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight. Additional information regarding proper trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing is located in another chapter of this manual. See Load Limit (page 165). You can also find information in the RV & Trailer Towing Guide available at your authorized dealer, or online.

RV & Trailer Towing Guide Online

http://www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guides/Website

TRAILER SWAY CONTROL Note: This feature does not prevent trailer sway, but reduces it once it begins.

Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers from swaying. Note: In some cases, if your vehicle speed is too high, the system may turn on multiple times, gradually reducing your vehicle speed.

171

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Towing

This feature applies your vehicle brakes at individual wheels and if necessary, reduces engine power. If the trailer begins to sway, the traction control warning lamp flashes and a message will appear in the information display. Slow your vehicle down, pull safely to the side of the road and check for correct load distribution. See Load Carrying (page 163).

RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS

Note: Do not exceed the trailer weight for your vehicle configuration listed in the chart below. Note: For high altitude operation, reduce the gross combined weight by 2% per 1000 feet (300 meters) starting at the 1000 foot (300 meter) elevation point.

Note: Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight. Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight. The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight, as the vehicles electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to activate electric trailer brakes. Your vehicle may tow a trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following chart.

Maximum tongue weight1

Maximum trailer weight1

Maximum GCWRPowertrain

143 lb (65 kg)1,400 lb (635 kg)

4,960 lb (2,250 kg)

1.0 L Ecoboost

198 lb (90 kg)2,000 lb (907 kg)

5,754 lb (2,610 kg)

2.0 L 4WD

1Calculated with SAE J2807 method.

172

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Towing

ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Follow these guidelines for safe towing: Do not tow a trailer until you drive your

vehicle at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km). Consult your local motor vehicle laws

for towing a trailer. See the instructions included with

towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications.

Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer. See your scheduled maintenance information.

If you use a rental trailer, follow the instructions the rental agency gives you.

You can find information on load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label as well as instructions on calculating your vehicle’s load in the Load Carrying chapter. See Load Limit (page 165). Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight.

Hitches Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle. Distribute the trailer load so 10-15% of the total trailer weight is on the tongue.

Safety Chains Note: Never attach safety chains to the bumper. Always connect the safety chains to the hook retainers of your vehicle hitch. To connect the trailers safety chains, cross them under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners. Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes WARNING

Do not connect a trailer’s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle’s brake system. Your vehicle

may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase.

Electric brakes and manual, automatic or surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer’s specifications. The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations. The rating for the tow vehicle’s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating, not the gross combined weight rating. Separate functioning brake systems are required for safe control of towed vehicles and trailers weighing more than 1500 pounds (680 kilograms) when loaded.

Trailer Lamps WARNING

Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle’s tail lamp wiring; this may damage the electrical system

resulting in fire. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation. Additional electrical equipment may be required.

Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake lights, turn signals and hazard lights are working.

173

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Towing

Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning, stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer combination before starting on a trip. When turning, make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles.

When Towing a Trailer Do not drive faster than 70 mph

(113 km/h) during the first 500 mi (800 km).

Do not make full-throttle starts. Check your hitch, electrical connections

and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 mi (80 km).

When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather, place the gearshift in position P to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help A/C performance.

Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain. The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long, steep grades.

Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill. Do not apply the brakes continuously, as they may overheat and become less effective.

If your transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use this feature when towing. This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling.

Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

Avoid parking on a grade. However, if you must park on a grade:

1. Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from traffic flow.

2. Set your vehicle parking brake. 3. Place the automatic transmission in

position P. 4. Place wheel chocks in front and back

of the trailer wheels. (Chocks not included with vehicle.)

Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft (PWC) Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water. Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after removing the trailer from the water. When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval: Do not allow the static water level to

rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper.

Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 in (15 cm) above the bottom edge of the rear bumper.

Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components: Causing internal damage to the

components. Affecting driveability, emissions, and

reliability. Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime the rear axle has been submerged in water. Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant, which is not normally checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or other axle repair is required.

174

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Towing

TOWING POINTS Front Towing Point

1. Push the cover. 2. Release the cover.

3. Install the recovery hook.

Rear Towing Point (If Equipped)

1. Push the cover. 2. Release the cover.

3. Install the recovery hook. The recovery hook may be in the following locations: Inside temporary mobility kit. Inside Jack and tools storage tray. You must carry the recovery hook in your vehicle at all times. Note: The recovery hook has a left-hand thread. Turn it counterclockwise to install it and make sure that it is fully tightened. Failure to do so could result in the recovery hook becoming loose. Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar, use this to tow other vehicles.

175

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Towing

TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE

If you need to have your vehicle towed, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider. We recommend towing your vehicle with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure. It is acceptable to tow a front-wheel drive vehicle from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground. When towing in this manner, the rear wheels can remain on the ground.

Front-wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a two-wheel tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment. This prevents damage to the transmission. Towing a four-wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground, such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment. This prevents damage to the transmission, four-wheel drive system and vehicle.

TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emergency Towing If your vehicle becomes inoperable (without access to wheel dollies, car-hauling trailer, or flatbed transport vehicle), it can be flat-towed (all wheels on the ground, regardless of the powertrain and transmission configuration) under the following conditions: Your vehicle is facing forward for

towing in a forward direction. Place the transmission in position N. If

you cannot move the transmission into N, you may need to override it. See Transmission (page 138).

Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h). Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).

WARNING If your vehicle has a steering wheel lock make sure the ignition is in the accessory or on position when being

towed.

Recreational Towing Note: Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle. See Climate Control (page 98).

176

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Towing

Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational (RV) towing. An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome. We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission. Front-wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat-towed (all wheels on the ground) as vehicle or transmission damage may occur. You must place the front wheels on a two-wheel tow dolly. If you are using a tow dolly, follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider. Four-wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat-towed (all wheels on the ground), as vehicle or transmission damage may occur. It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four (4) wheels off the ground such as when using a car-hauling trailer. Otherwise, you cannot recreational tow your vehicle.

177

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Towing

BREAKING-IN Tires Note: New tires need to be run-in for approximately 310.7 mi (500 km). During this time, you may experience different driving characteristics.

Brakes and Clutch Note: If possible, avoid heavy braking and clutching during the first 93.2 mi (150 km) in the city, and the first 932.1 mi (1,500 km) in highways.

ECONOMICAL DRIVING Fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive, the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle. There are some things to keep in mind that may improve your fuel economy: Accelerate and slow down in a smooth,

moderate fashion. Drive at steady speeds. Anticipate stops; slowing down may

eliminate the need to stop. Combine errands and minimize

stop-and-go driving (When running errands, go to the furthest destination first and then work your way back home).

Close the windows for high-speed driving.

Drive at reasonable speeds. Keep the tires properly inflated and use

only the recommended size. Use the recommended engine oil. Perform all regularly scheduled

maintenance.

There are also some things you may want to avoid doing because they reduce your fuel economy: Avoid sudden or hard accelerations. Avoid revving the engine before turning

off the car. Avoid long idle periods. Do not warm up your vehicle on cold

mornings. Reduce the use of air conditioning and

heat. Avoid using speed control in hilly

terrain. Do not rest your foot on the brake

pedal while driving. Avoid carrying unnecessary weight. Avoid adding particular accessories to

your vehicle (e.g. bug deflectors, rollbars/light bars, running boards, ski racks).

Avoid driving with the wheels out of alignment.

COLD WEATHER PRECAUTIONS The functional operation of some components and systems can be affected at temperatures below -13F (-25C).

DRIVING THROUGH WATER

WARNING Do not drive through flowing or deep water as you may lose control of your vehicle.

Note: Driving through standing water can cause vehicle damage. Note: Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter.

178

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Driving Hints

Before driving through standing water, check the depth. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the front rocker area of your vehicle.

When driving through standing water, drive very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. Your brake performance and traction may be limited. After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so: Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the

brakes and to check that they work. Check that the horn works. Check that the exterior lights work. Turn the steering wheel to check that

the steering power assist works.

FLOOR MATS

Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the footwell of your vehicle. Only use floor mats that are firmly secured to retention posts.

WARNING Make sure that the floor mat is secured properly using the appropriate fixings, and do not

position the floor mat so that it interferes with the operation of the pedals.

Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury.

Always make sure that the floor mats are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to ensure mats do not shift out of position.

Never place floor mats or any other covering in the vehicle footwell that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle.

Never place floor mats or any other covering on top of already installed floor mats. Floor mats should always rest on top of the vehicle carpeting surface and not another floor mat or other covering. Additional floor mats or any other covering will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation.

Check attachment of floor mats on a regular basis. Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or replacement.

Failure to properly follow floor mat installation or attachment instructions can potentially cause interference with pedal operation causing loss of control of vehicle.

179

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Driving Hints

1. To install floor mats, position the floor mat so that the eyelets are over the retention posts and press down to lock the floor mat in.

2. To remove the floor mat, place your hands under the floor mat by the eyelets and pull upward.

180

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Driving Hints

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. The service is available: 24 hours a day, seven days a week. For the coverage period listed on the

Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner’s Manual portfolio.

Roadside Assistance covers: A flat tire change with a good spare

(except vehicles supplied with a tire inflation kit).

Battery jump start. Lock-out assistance (key replacement

cost is the customer’s responsibility). Fuel delivery independent service

contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall deliver up to 2 gal (8 L) of gasoline or 5 gal (20 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery service to two no-charge occurrences within a 12-month period.

Winch out available within 100 ft (30 m) of a paved or county maintained road, no recoveries.

Towing independent service contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall tow Ford eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer within 35 mi (56 km) of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer. If a member requests a tow to an authorized dealer that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from the disablement location, the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).

Roadside Assistance includes up to $200 for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not, then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services.

Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference. This card is in the owner’s information portfolio in the glove compartment. United States vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance, call 1-800-241-3673. If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself, Ford Motor Company reimburses a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement information, United States vehicle customers call 1-800-241-3673. Customers need to submit their original receipts.

181

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Roadside Emergencies

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is eligible within Canada or the continental United States. This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage is concurrent with the powertrain coverage period of your vehicle. Canadian customers who require roadside assistance, call 1-800-665-2006.

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference. In Canada, this card is found in the Warranty Guide in the glove compartment of your vehicle.

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Roadside Assistance Program Coverage The service is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U.S. coverage. If you require more information, please refer to the coverage section of your warranty guide, call us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit our website at www.ford.ca.

HAZARD FLASHERS The hazard warning button is located on the instrument panel.

Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists.

Press the button to turn on the hazard warning function, and the front and rear direction indicators will flash. Press the button again to turn them off. Note: If used when the engine is not running, the battery will lose charge. There may be insufficient power to restart your engine. Note: Depending on applicable laws and regulations in the country for which your vehicle was originally built, the hazard warning flashers may flash if you brake heavily.

FUEL SHUTOFF

WARNING If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the fuel system checked. Failure to follow this instruction

could result in fire, personal injury or death.

In the event of a moderate to severe collision, this vehicle includes a fuel pump shutoff feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine. Not every impact will cause a shutoff. Should your vehicle shut off after a collision, you may restart your vehicle. For vehicles equipped with a key system: 1. Switch off the ignition. 2. Switch to start position. 3. Switch off the ignition. 4. Switch on the ignition to re-enable the

fuel pump. For vehicles equipped with a push button start system: 1. Press the START/STOP button to

switch off the ignition. 2. Press the brake pedal and press the

START/STOP button to switch on the ignition.

182

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Roadside Emergencies

3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the START/STOP button to switch off the ignition.

4. You can either attempt to start the engine by pressing the brake pedal and the START/STOP button, or switch on the ignition only by pressing the START/STOP button without pressing the brake pedal. Both ways re-enable the fuel system.

Note: When you try to restart your vehicle after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure that various systems are safe to restart. Once your vehicle determines that the systems are safe, then the vehicle will allow you to restart. Note: In the event that your vehicle does not restart after your third attempt, contact an authorized dealer.

JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE

WARNINGS Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow

flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide correct ventilation.

Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or

clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.

Use only adequately sized cables with insulated clamps.

Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle. Automatic transmissions do not have push-start capability. Attempting to push-start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage.

Preparing Your Vehicle Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your vehicle. Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle’s electrical system. 1. Park the booster vehicle close to the

hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch. Set the parking brake on both vehicles and stay clear of the engine cooling fan and other moving parts.

2. Check all battery terminals and remove any excessive corrosion before you attach the battery cables. Ensure that vent caps are tight and level.

3. Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles to protect from any electrical surges. Turn all other accessories off.

Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNINGS

Do not use fuel lines, engine valve covers, windshield wiper arms, the intake manifold, or hood latch as

ground points. Use only adequately sized cables with insulated clamps.

Note: In the illustration, the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting (boosting) battery.

183

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Roadside Emergencies

1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery.

2. Connect the other end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the assisting battery.

3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal of the assisting battery.

4. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle’s engine, away from the battery and the carburetor or fuel injection system.

Note: Do not attach the negative (-) cable to fuel lines, engine rocker covers, the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points.

WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative (-) terminal of the battery to be jumped.

A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery.

Ensure that the cables are clear of fan blades, belts, moving parts of both engines, or any fuel delivery system parts.

Jump Starting 1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle

and run the engine at moderately increased speed.

2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle. 3. Once the disabled vehicle has been

started, run both engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables.

Removing the Jumper Cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected. Note: In the illustration, the vehicle on the bottom is used to designate the assisting (boosting) battery.

184

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Roadside Emergencies

1. Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface.

2. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle’s battery.

3. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle’s battery.

4. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the disabled vehicle’s battery.

After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed, allow it to idle for several minutes so the engine computer can relearn its idle conditions.

POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety Canopy) or the seatbelt pretensioners. The horn and lamps will turn off when: The hazard control button is pressed The panic button (if equipped) is

pressed on the remote entry transmitter

Your vehicle runs out of power

185

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Roadside Emergencies

GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer. While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service, we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction. Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment, so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs. This means that, depending on the warranty repair needed, you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer. A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts, or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford.

Away From Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer. In the United States: Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P.O. Box 6248 Dearborn, MI 48126 Telephone 1-800-392-3673 (FORD) (TDD for the hearing impaired: 1-800-232-5952) Additional information and resources are available online:

Website

www.owner.ford.com

These are some of the items that can be found online: U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,

City/State or Zip Code. Owner Manuals. Maintenance Schedules. Recalls. Ford Extended Service Plans. Ford Genuine Accessories. Service specials and promotions. In Canada: Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited P.O. Box 2000 Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8 Telephone 1-800-565-3673 (FORD)

Website

www.ford.ca

Twitter @FordServiceCA (English Canada) @FordServiceQC (Quebec)

Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns, or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving, follow these steps: 1. Contact your Sales Representative or

Service Advisor at your selling or servicing authorized dealer.

186

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Customer Assistance

2. If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved, contact the Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager.

3. If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies, please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center.

In order to help us serve you better, please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center: Vehicle Identification Number. Your telephone number (home and

business). The name of the authorized dealer and

city where located. The vehicles current odometer reading. In some states within the United States, you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state’s warranty laws, and Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt. Additionally, in some states within the United States, a consumer has the option of submitting a warranty dispute to the BBB Auto Line before taking action under the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to the extent allowed by state law, before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws. This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws.

IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY) California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d) requires that, if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicles applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer (less a reasonable allowance for consumer use). The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if, within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever occurs first: 1. Two or more repair attempts are made

on the same non-conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR

2. Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity (a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle) OR

3. The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days (not necessarily all at one time).

In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address: Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE-B Dearborn, MI 48126

187

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Customer Assistance

You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b). You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes.

THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY) Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer. If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three-step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section, you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program. The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration. During mediation, a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim. If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation, and if your claim is eligible, you may participate in the arbitration process. An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person. The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing.

Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB. You are not bound by the decision, and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute, and decision, are admissible in the court action. Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford is then bound by the decision, and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter. BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the information provided below, please call or write to request a program application. You will be asked for your name and address, general information about your new vehicle, information about your warranty concerns, and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed, signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines. You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100, or writing to: BBB AUTO LINE 3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600 Arlington, Virginia 22201 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1-800-392-3673. Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations, modify procedures, or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation.

188

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Customer Assistance

UTILIZING THE MEDIATION/ARBITRATION PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY) For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers. In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory-related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation/arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed. This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings. In the CAMVAP program, impartial third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment. These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties, make decisions and, when appropriate, render awards to resolve disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair, and final as the arbitrators award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada. CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces. For more information, without charge or obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685 or visit www.camvap.ca.

GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country, contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate. These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper sulfur fuel for diesel engines. If you cannot find the proper fuel recommended for your vehicle, contact our Customer Relationship Center. The use of improper fuels in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage. Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States. If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region, Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands and/or Puerto Rico, Central America, the Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact the corresponding Ford Customer Assistance Center: FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Centers in:

189

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Customer Assistance

E-mailFaxPhoneCustomer Relation- ship Center

apemcrc@ford.comN/AN/AAsia Pacific

expcac@ford.com-+1 313 594 4857Caribbean and Central America

menacac@ford.com971 4 3327 266

Ford

Middle East

80004443673

Lincoln 80004441066

UAE 80004441066

Saudi Arabia 8008443673

Mobily and Zain cell phone users in Saudi

800850078

nafcrc@ford.comN/AN/ANorth Africa

prcac@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands

ssacrc@ford.comN/A+1-313-594-4857Sub-Saharan Africa

infokr1@ford.com or infokr@lincoln.comN/A+82-02-1600-6003South Korea

If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations, register your vehicle identification number (VIN) and new address with Ford Global Trade Services by emailing, expcso@ford.com.

If you are in another foreign country, contact the nearest authorized dealer. In the event your inquiry is unresolved, communicate your concern with the dealerships Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager. If you require additional assistance or clarification, please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed. Customers in the U.S. should call 1-800-392-3673.

190

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Customer Assistance

ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER’S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio, contact Helm, Incorporated at: HELM, INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, Michigan 48170 Attention: Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog, call toll free: 1-800-782-4356 Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. — 6:00 p.m. EST Helm, Incorporated can also be reached by their website: www.helminc.com (Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card, check or money order.)

Obtaining a French Owners Manual French Owners Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm, Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Ford Motor Company. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue, Southeast Washington, D.C. 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (CANADA ONLY) If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada and Ford of Canada.

191

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Customer Assistance

Transport Canada Contact Information

http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/reporting-defects-motor- vehicles.html (English)

Website

http://www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/signaler-defauts-vehicules- automobiles.html (French)

Website

18003330510Phone

Ford of Canada Contact Information

www.ford.caWebsite

1800565-3673Phone

192

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Customer Assistance

FUSE BOX LOCATIONS Battey Fuse Box

This fuse box in attached to the battery positive terminal.

Engine Compartment Fuse Box

This fuse box is located in the engine compartment.

Passenger Compartment Fuse Box

This fuse box is located behind the glove box. To access the fuse box, do the following: 1. Open the glove box and release the

clips. 2. Remove the storage compartment. Note: Any improper modification to the electrical system can compromise the safety of the vehicle, implying risk of fire or engine damage. For any clarifications or questions, contact a Ford Distributor.

FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART

WARNINGS Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses. To reduce risk of electrical shock, always replace the cover to the power distribution box before

reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs.

Your vehicle may not be equipped with all of the features listed in the fusing tables. This information describes all fusing for all available vehicle models.

193

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Engine Compartment Fuse Box

Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse

Engine cooling fan relay 2.60A1

Engine cooling fan relay 1.50A2

DC / AC inverter.40A3

ABS with Eletronic Stability Program (valves).40A4

Driver power seat.30A5

Front blower motor.40A6

Brake on/off Switch.10A7

194

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse

Moonroof.20A8

Rear washer.15A9 Wiper.

A/C clutch relay.7.5A10

Power point coil. 5A11 Horn.

Fuel pump.

Heated exterior mirrors.10A14

Rain sensor.5A15 Rear washer.

Rear window wiper motor.10A16

Power point 1 (or cigar lighter).20A17

Power point 2.20A18

Not used.-19

Powertrain control module.20A20

Oxygen sensor heater.

15A21 Catalyst monitor sensor. Canister purge valve. Variable camshaft timing solenoid valves. Vapor blocking valve.

A/C clutch control.

10A22

Fan control — on/off. Puller fan coil (1.0 L). Coolant pump control. Run / on water pump. Exhaust gas recirculation baypass solenoid. Variable oil pump control. Variable A/C compressor valve. All-wheel drive relay module (2.0 L). Active grille shutter.

For ignition coils (2.0 L).15A23 For ignition coils (1.0 L).20A

Not used.-24

Subwoofer amplifier.15A25

195

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse

Provision for trailer tow wiring.20A26

Not used.-27

Left horn.10A28

Right horn.10A29

Heated Steering wheel.15A30

Temperature mass air flow sensor (2.0L).5A31

Body control module (battery voltage).30A32

ABS/eletronic stability program pump.60A33

Trailer tow module.50A34

Heated backlite.40A35

Starter.30A36

Positive temperature coefficient heater.40A37

Not used.-38

Not used.-39

Heated seats (climate control module).25A40

Subwoofer amplifier.15A41

Intercooler puller fan (1.0 L).7.5A42

Power window switch power switch times.30A46

Fuel pump.20A47

Not used.-48

Assisted direct start transmission fluid pump (stop/start) — power.20A49

Not used.-55

Electrical power assisted system module.5A56 Powertrain control module.

Start / Stop — transmission fluid pump.10A57

Left hand blind spot monitor module.10A58 Right hand blind spot monitor module.

196

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse

Rear video camera

ABS module.5A59

Heated backlite. 5A60 Heated windshield left (to heated wiper

park).

Front wiper.25A63

Body control module — run/start bus.30A64

Not used.-69

Not used.-70

Heated wiper park.10A74

Not used.-75

Circuits switchedRelay

Powertrain control module.12

Starter.13

Auxiliary power point.43

Windshield wiper.44

Front blower motor.45

Run/start.50

Not used.51

Vehicle horn.52

Not used.53

Rear washer.54

Heated backlite / heated mirror.61

Engine cooling fan 2.62

Fuel pump.65

Not used.66

A/C clutch.67

197

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Circuits switchedRelay

Engine cooling fan 1.68

Not used.71

Not used.72

Heated wiper park.73

Positive temperature coefficient heater.76

Puller fan (1.0 L Fox).77

Not used.78

Positive temperature coefficient heater.79

Passenger Compartment Fuse Box

Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse

Not used.5AF01

Humidity and incar temperature sensor.5AF02

Reverse parking aid module.10AF03

Ignition switch.10AF04 Key in switch & solenoid.

198

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse

Start-Stop switch.

Central lock relay.20AF05 Central unlock relay internal.

Power windows switches.10AF06 Power sunroof switch & module inverter.

Not used.30AF07

Not used.5AF08

Electrochromic inside mirror. 5AF09 Overdrive off switch.

Passenger Airbag detection ON / OFF.

Smart data link connector.10AF10

Telematic control unit (embedded modem).5AF11

Not used.-F12

Driver unlock relay.15AF13

Not used.30AF14

Extended power module relay starter.15AF15

Not used.15AF16

SYNC.15AF17 Mini electronic finish panel.

Not used.7.5AF18

Not used.7.5AF19

Security Horn.10AF20

Climate Control Head.7.5AF21

Steering column control module. 7.5AF22 Smart data link logic.

Instrument cluster.

Audio control module.20AF23

Extended power mode module.20AF24

Not used.30AF25

199

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Battery Fuse Box

Protected componentsFuse amp ratingFuse

Engine compartment fuse box.250A1

Electric power assist steering.60A2

Body control module.100A3

Heating control unit.70A4

Starter.275A5

CHANGING A FUSE Fuses

WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating. Using a fuse with a higher amperage

rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire.

If electrical components in the vehicle are not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components.

200

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

Fuse Types

Fuse TypeCallout

Micro 2A

Micro 3B

MaxiC

MiniD

M CaseE

J CaseF

J Case Low ProfileG

201

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Fuses

GENERAL INFORMATION Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value. There is a large network of authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise. We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly. They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle. If your vehicle requires professional service, an authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service. Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered. Use only recommended fuels, lubricants, fluids and service parts conforming to specifications. Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle.

Precautions Do not work on a hot engine. Make sure that nothing gets caught in

moving parts. Do not work on a vehicle with the

engine running in an enclosed space, unless you are sure you have enough ventilation.

Keep all open flames and other burning material (such as cigarettes) away from the battery and all fuel related parts.

Working with the Engine Off 1. Set the parking brake and shift to park

(P). 2. Switch off the engine. 3. Block the wheels.

Working with the Engine On WARNING

To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and/or personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner

removed and do not remove it while the engine is running.

1. Set the parking brake and shift to park (P).

2. Block the wheels.

OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD Opening the Hood

202

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Move the catch to the right.

Open the hood and support it with the hood prop rod. Attach the prop rod to the hood, the correct location is indicated by an arrow.

Closing the Hood Note: You must secure the hood prop correctly after use. Note: Make sure that the hood is closed properly. Lower the hood and allow it to drop from under its own weight for the last 20-30 centimeters.

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW — 2.0L

203

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 208).

A

Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Check (page 206).

B

Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 206).

C

Brake and clutch fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 212).

D

Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 213).

E

Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 193).

F

Washer system fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 213).

G

Air cleaner. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 227).

H

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW — 1.0L ECOBOOST

204

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 208).

A

Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 205).

B

Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 206).

C

Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 212).

D

Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 213).

E

Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 193).

F

Washer system fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 213).

G

Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 227).

H

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK — 1.0L ECOBOOST

Minimum.A Maximum.B

205

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK — 2.0L

Minimum.A Fill Level.B Maximum.C

ENGINE OIL CHECK

WARNING Do not work on a hot engine.

To check the engine oil level consistently and accurately, do the following: 1. Make sure the parking brake is on. Make

sure the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N).

2. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature.

3. Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground.

4. Switch the engine off and wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan. Checking the engine oil level too soon after you switch the engine off may result in an inaccurate reading.

5. Open the hood. See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 202).

6. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth. See Under Hood Overview (page 203).

7. Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 206).

8. Make sure that the oil level is between the maximum and minimum marks. If the oil level is at the minimum mark, add oil immediately. See Capacities and Specifications (page 279).

9. If the oil level is correct, replace the dipstick and make sure it is fully seated.

Note: Do not remove the dipstick when the engine is running. Note: If the oil level is between the maximum and minimum marks, the oil level is acceptable. Do not add oil. Note: The oil consumption of new engines reaches its normal level after approximately 3,000 mi (5,000 km).

Adding Engine Oil WARNINGS

Do not add engine oil when the engine is hot. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal

injury. Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running.

Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.

206

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute (API). An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). To top up the engine oil level do the following: 1. Clean the area surrounding the engine

oil filler cap before you remove it. 2. Remove the engine oil filler cap. See

Under Hood Overview (page 203). Turn it counterclockwise and remove it.

3. Add engine oil that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 279). See Capacities and Specifications (page 279). You may have to use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening.

4. Recheck the oil level. 5. If the oil level is correct, replace the

dipstick and make sure it is fully seated. 6. Replace the engine oil filler cap. Turn

it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance.

Note: Do not add oil further than the maximum mark. Oil levels above the maximum mark may cause engine damage.

Note: Make sure you install the oil filler cap correctly. Note: Soak up any spillage with an absorbent cloth immediately.

OIL CHANGE INDICATOR RESET (If Equipped)

Only reset the system after changing the engine oil and oil filter.

Resetting the Oil Life Monitoring System 1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the

engine. 2. Fully press the accelerator and brake

pedals at the same time. 3. Keep the accelerator and brake pedals

fully pressed. 4. After three seconds, a message

appears confirming that the reset is in progress.

5. After 25 seconds, a message appears confirming that the reset is complete.

6. Release the accelerator and brake pedals.

7. Switch the ignition off.

ENGINE COOLING FAN

WARNING Keep your hands and clothing clear of the engine cooling fan.

Under certain conditions, the engine cooling fan may continue to run for several minutes after you switch your vehicle off. This could happen in low ambient temperatures and independent of the engine coolant temperature, for example short journeys or low coolant temperature.

207

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT CHECK

WARNINGS Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot. Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling

system can burn you badly. Also, spilling coolant on hot engine parts can burn you.

Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container. If sprayed on the windshield, engine

coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield.

To reduce the risk of personal injury, make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure

relief cap. The cooling system is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when you loosen the cap slightly.

Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark.

When the engine is cold, check the concentration and level of the coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 383). Note: Make sure that the coolant level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir. Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The level may extend beyond the MAX mark. Maintain coolant concentration within 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze point between -30F (-34C) and -34F (-37C). Coolant concentration should be checked using a refractometer. We do not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentration.

Adding Coolant WARNING

Never remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is running or hot.

Note: Automotive fluids are not interchangeable. Do not use coolant or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location. Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling system sealants, or non-specified additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. It is very important to use prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification in order to avoid plugging the small passageways in the engine cooling system. See Capacities and Specifications (page 279). Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using an incorrect coolant may harm the engine or cooling system components and may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Note: If prediluted coolant is not available, use the approved concentrated coolant diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See Capacities and Specifications (page 279). Using water that has not been deionised may contribute to deposit formation, corrosion and plugging of the small cooling system passageways. Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and models may not be approved to Ford specifications and may cause damage to the cooling system. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately.

208

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

To top up the coolant level do the following: 1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure

escapes as you unscrew the cap. 2. Add prediluted coolant approved to

the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 271).

3. Add enough prediluted coolant to reach the correct level.

4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap, turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance.

5. Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir the next few times you drive your vehicle. If necessary, add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the correct level.

If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of engine coolant per month, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage. Note: During normal vehicle operation, the coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red. As long as the coolant is clear and uncontaminated, this color change does not indicate the coolant has degraded nor does it require the coolant to be drained, the system to be flushed, or the coolant to be replaced. Note: In case of emergency, you can add a large amount of water without coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location. Water alone, without coolant, can cause engine damage from corrosion, overheating or freezing. When you reach a service location, you must have the cooling system drained and refilled with prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 279).

Do not use the following as a coolant substitute: Alcohol. Methanol. Brine. Any coolant mixed with alcohol or

methanol antifreeze. Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing. Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant. These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the coolant.

Recycled Coolant We do not recommend the use of recycled coolant as an approved recycling process is not yet available. Dispose of used engine coolant in an appropriate manner. Follow your communitys regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids.

Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates: It may be necessary to increase the

coolant concentration above 50%. A coolant concentration of 60%

provides improved freeze point protection. Coolant concentrations above 60% decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage.

209

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

If you drive in extremely hot climates: You can decrease the coolant

concentration to 40%. Coolant concentrations below 40%

decrease the freeze and corrosion protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage.

Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme climates should use prediluted coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection.

Coolant Change At specific mileage intervals, as listed in the scheduled maintenance information, the coolant should be changed. Add prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 271).

Fail-Safe Cooling Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily drive your vehicle before any incremental component damage occurs. The fail-safe distance depends on ambient temperature, vehicle load and terrain.

How Fail-Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat, the coolant temperature gauge moves toward the red zone:

A warning lamp illuminates and a message may appear in the information display.

If the engine reaches a preset over-temperature condition, the engine automatically switches to alternating cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine.

When this occurs, your vehicle still operates, however: Engine power is limited. The air conditioning system turns off. Continued operation increases the engine temperature, causing the engine to completely shut down. Your steering and braking effort increases in this situation. When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible to minimize engine damage.

When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated

WARNINGS Fail-safe mode is for use during emergencies only. Operate your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long

as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will have limited power, will not be able to maintain high-speed operation, and may completely shut down without warning, potentially losing engine power, power steering assist, and power brake assist, which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury.

Never remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is running or hot.

Your vehicle has limited engine power when in the fail-safe mode, drive your vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not maintain high-speed operation and the engine may operate poorly. Remember that the engine is capable of automatically shutting down to prevent engine damage. In this situation: 1. Pull off the road as soon as safely

possible and switch the engine off.

210

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

2. If you are a member of a roadside assistance program, we recommend that you contact your roadside assistance service provider.

3. If this is not possible, wait a short period for the engine to cool.

4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately.

5. When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible to minimize engine damage.

Note: Driving your vehicle without repair increases the chance of engine damage.

Engine Coolant Temperature Management (If Equipped)

WARNING To reduce the risk of crash and injury, be prepared that the vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle may not

be able to accelerate with full power until the coolant temperature reduces.

If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the engine may temporarily reach a higher temperature during severe operating conditions, for example ascending a long or steep grade in high ambient temperatures. At this time, you may notice the coolant temperature gauge moves toward the red zone and a message may appear in the information display.

You may notice a reduction in vehicle speed caused by reduced engine power. In order to manage the engine coolant temperature. Your vehicle may enter this mode if certain high-temperature and high-load conditions take place. The amount of speed reduction depends on vehicle loading, grade and ambient temperature. If this occurs, there is no need to pull off the road. You can continue to drive your vehicle. The air conditioning may automatically turn on and off during severe operating conditions to protect the engine from overheating. When the coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, the air conditioning turns on. If the coolant temperature gauge moves fully into the red zone, or if the coolant temperature warning or service engine soon messages appear in your information display, do the following: 1. Pull off the road as soon as safely

possible and shift the transmission into park (P).

2. Leave the engine running until the coolant temperature gauge needle returns to the normal position. After several minutes, if the temperature does not drop, follow the remaining steps.

3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to cool. Check the coolant level.

4. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately.

5. If the coolant level is normal, restart the engine and continue.

211

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick. Have an authorized dealer check and change the transmission fluid at the correct service interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 383). Your transmission does not consume fluid. However, if the transmission slips, shifts slowly or if you notice a sign of leaking fluid, contact an authorized dealer. Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives, treatments or cleaning agents. The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components.

BRAKE FLUID CHECK

WARNINGS Do not use any fluid other than the recommended brake fluid as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use of

incorrect fluid could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death.

Only use brake fluid from a sealed container. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other

materials may result in brake system damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death.

Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with

plenty of water and contact your physician.

WARNINGS A fluid level between the MAX and MIN lines is within the normal operating range and there is no need

to add fluid. A fluid level not in the normal operating range could compromise the performance of the system. Have your vehicle checked immediately.

To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir cap must remain in place and fully tight, unless you are adding fluid. Only use fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 271).

212

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID CHECK

WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40F (5C), use washer fluid with antifreeze

protection. Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident.

Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low. Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 271). State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol, a common windshield washer antifreeze additive. Washer fluids containing non-methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicles paint finish, wiper blades or washer system.

CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY

WARNINGS Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow

flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide correct ventilation.

When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the

vent caps, resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.

WARNINGS Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or

clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after

handling. This vehicle may have more than one battery. Removing the battery cables from only one battery does not

disconnect your vehicle electrical system. Make sure you disconnect the battery cables from all batteries when disconnecting power. Failure to do so may cause serious personal injury or property damage.

For vehicles with Auto-Start-Stop the battery requirement is different. You must replace the battery with

one of exactly the same specification.

The battery is located in the engine compartment. See Under Hood Overview (page 204). Your vehicle has a maintenance-free battery. It does not require additional water during service. If your vehicle battery has a cover, make sure you correctly install it after cleaning or replacing the battery.

213

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the top of the battery clean and dry and the battery cables tightly fastened to the battery terminals. If any corrosion is present on the battery or terminals, remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush. You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water. We recommend that you disconnect the negative battery cable terminal from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period. To maintain correct operation of the battery management system, if you add any electrical devices to your vehicle, do not connect the ground connection directly to the negative battery terminal. A connection at the negative battery terminal can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation. Note: Electrical accessories or components added to your vehicle by you or an authorized dealer, may adversely affect battery performance, durability and the performance of other electrical systems on your vehicle. If a replacement battery is required, we recommend you use a Ford replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of your vehicle. If you disconnect or replace the battery and your vehicle has an automatic transmission, transmission must relearn its adaptive strategy. Because of this, the transmission may shift firmly when first driven. This is normal operation while the transmission fully updates its operation to optimum shift feel.

Remove and Reinstall the Battery To disconnect or remove the battery, do the following:

1. Apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off.

2. Switch all electrical equipment off, for example lights and radio.

3. Wait a minimum of two minutes before disconnecting the battery.

Note: The engine management system has a power hold function and remains powered for a period after you switch the ignition off. This is to allow diagnostic and adaptive tables to be stored. Disconnecting the battery without waiting can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty. 4. Disconnect the negative (-) battery

cable terminal first. 5. Disconnect the positive (+) battery

cable terminal last. 6. Remove the battery securing clamp. 7. Remove the battery. 8. Install in the reverse order. Note: Before reconnecting the battery, make sure the ignition remains switched off. Note: If you only disconnect the negative battery cable terminal, make sure it is isolated or placed away from the battery terminal to avoid un-intended connection or arcing. Note: Make sure the battery cable terminals are fully tightened. Note: If you disconnect or replace the battery, you must reset the clock and the pre-set radio stations once the battery is reconnected.

Battery Disposal Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in an environmentally friendly way.

Seek advice from your local authority about recycling old batteries.

214

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES

Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness. Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth.

CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES Windshield Wiper Blades Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when lifting the wiper arm. Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached.

1. Lift the wiper arm and then press the wiper blade locking button.

2. Remove the wiper blade. 3. Install in the reverse order.

Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place.

Rear Window Wiper Blade 1. Lift the wiper arms to the maximum

extent and hold it.

2. Pull the wiper blade away from the wiper arm.

3. Install the new wiper by aligning with the wiper arm groove and clip them together.

Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place. Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when lifting the wiper arm. Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does not spring back against the glass when the wiper blade is not attached. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place.

215

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS Vertical Aim Adjustment The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant. If your vehicle has been in an accident, the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer.

8 feet (2.4 meters)A Center height of lamp to groundB 25 feet (7.6 meters)C Horizontal reference lineD

Vehicles With Halogen Headlamps 1. Park the vehicle directly in front of a

wall or screen on a level surface, approximately 25 feet (7.6 meters) away.

2. Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot (2.4 meter) horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height.

Note: To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting, you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other.

3. Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood.

4. On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern. If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line, the headlamp will need to be adjusted.

5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to aim the headlamp. The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line.

6. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.

Vehicles With High Intensity Discharge Headlamps 1. Park the vehicle directly in front of a

wall or screen on a level surface, approximately 25 feet (7.6 meters) away.

216

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

2. Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot (2.4 meter) horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height.

Note: To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting, you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other. 3. Turn on the low beam headlamps to

illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood.

4. There is a distinct cut-off (change from light to dark) in the left portion of the beam pattern. The top edge of this cut-off should be positioned two inches (5 centimeters) below the horizontal reference line.

5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to aim the headlamp.

6. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.

Horizontal Aim Adjustment Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is non-adjustable.

REMOVING A HEADLAMP Open the hood. See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 202).

217

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Disconnect the electrical connector. Note: When fitting the headlamp, make sure that you reconnect the electrical connector correctly. Note: When fitting the headlamp, make sure that you fully engage the headlamp in the lower fixing point.

CHANGING A BULB Note: Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of childrens reach. Grasp the bulb by only its plastic base and do not touch the glass. The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated.

WARNING Bulbs can become hot. Let the bulb cool down before removing it. Failure to do so could result in personal

injury.

Note: Switch the lights and the ignition off. Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.

Note: Only fit bulbs of the correct specification. Note: The following instructions describe how to remove the bulbs. Fit replacements in the reverse order unless otherwise stated.

Headlamp Note: Disconnect the bulb electrical connectors and remove the covers to gain access to the bulbs.

Headlamp low beamA Main beam.B Side Marker.C

Headlamp Main Beam Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.

218

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

1. Open the hood. 2. Carefully remove the cover. 3. Disconnect the electrical connector. 4. Release the clip and remove the bulb.

Headlamp Low Beam Note: Do not touch the glass of the bulb.

1. Open the hood. 2. Carefully remove the cover.

3. Disconnect the electrical connector. 4. Release the clip and remove the bulb.

Side Marker

1. Carefully remove the cover. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector. 3. Release the clip and remove the bulb.

219

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Glove box lamp (If Equipped)

1. Press the compartment. 2. Remove the box.

3. Disconnect the electrical connector. 4. Press the buttom.

5. Remove the bulb.

Front Fog Lamps Note: Do not separate the fog lamp bulb from the bulb holder.

Remove the fog bezel, as indicated. Note: Use a soft tool to avoid any damage to the vehicle.

220

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Loose and remove attachment screw.

Put your fingers at the back of the fog as indicated and pull off the fog lamp.

Unplug bulb conector.

Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.

Direction indicators Note: Do not separate the fog lamp bulb from the bulb holder. Use the same process to remove the fog and turn indicator Lamp.

221

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Remove the turn indicator bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it.

Side Repeater

1. Press the side of the cover to release the clips.

2. Remove the cover.

3. Move the cover that covers the lamp. 4. Remove the cap that covers the lamp. 5. Remove the bulb and bulb holder.

Remove the bulb.

222

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Rear lamps Direction Indicator, Tail and Brake Lamp

1. Open the trim panel.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector. 3. Remove the wing nut.

4. Remove the screws. 5. Remove the bulb holder. 6. Remove the lamp. 7. Gently press the bulb into the bulb

holder, turn it anti-clockwise and remove it.

223

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Reversing Lamp

1. Remove wheel arch cover.

Disconnect the electrical connector.

Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise and remove the bulb holder from the housing.

Remove the bulb from the holder. Gently press the new bulb into the bulb holder, install new bulb and holder into the housing, turning it clockwise.

224

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Central High Mounted Brake Lamp Note: On some vehicles the lamps are LED. They are not serviceable items, please consult a Ford Dealer if they fail.

Vanity lamp (If Equipped)

1. Carefully release the spring clip. 2. Remove the lamp. 3. Turn the bulb anti-clockwise and

remove it.

Interior Lamp

1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise

and remove it. 3. Remove the bulb.

225

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Reading Lamps

1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise

and remove it. 3. Remove the bulb.

Map Lamp (driver side) (If Equipped)

1. Position the visor down.

2. Carefully remove the lamp. 3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise

and remove it. 4. Remove the bulb.

Luggage Compartment Lamp, Footwell Lamp and Tailgate Lamp (If Equipped)

1. Carefully remove the lamp. 2. Carefully remove 3. Remove the bulb.

BULB SPECIFICATION CHART

Power (watt)SpecificationLamp

28/8W28/8WFront direction indicator.

35H8WFront fog lamps.

5WY5WSide repeater.

5W5WSide marker reflector.

21WY21WRear direction indicator.

21/5W21/5WBrake and tail lamp.

226

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

Power (watt)SpecificationLamp

21P21WReversing lamps.

5W5WNumber plate lamp.

5W5WLuggage compartment lamp.

5W5WVanity lamp.

-LEDDaytime running lamps.

Low Series

Power (watt)SpecificationLamp

60HB3Headlamp high beam.

55H11Headlamp lown beam.

Mid Series

Power (watt)SpecificationLamp

60HB3Headlamp high beam.

55H11Headlamp lown beam.

Note: On some vehicles the lamps are LED. These are not serviceable items, please consult your dealer if they fail.

CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER

WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner

removed and do not remove it while the engine is running.

Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage.

Changing the Air Filter Element 1. Remove the two clips that secure the

air filter housing cover. 2. Carefully separate the two halves of

the air filter housing. 3. Remove the air filter element from the

air filter housing. 4. Wipe the air filter housing and cover

clean to remove any dirt or debris and to ensure good sealing.

5. Install a new air filter element. Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover. This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated.

227

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

6. Fix the air filter housing cover and install the clips.

DRIVE BELT ROUTING — 1.0L ECOBOOST

DRIVE BELT ROUTING — 2.0L

228

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Maintenance

GENERAL INFORMATION Your dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes.

CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results, use the following products or products of equivalent quality:

Materials SpecificationName

-Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover (U.S.) Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover / Dissolvant de goudron et liminateur dinsectes Motorcraft (Canada) ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)

ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner (U.S.) Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner / Nettoyant pour mtal brillant Motorcraft (Canada) ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)

ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft Detail Wash (U.S.) Motorcraft Detail Wash / Shampooing superfin Motorcraft (Canada) ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)

ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser (U.S.) (Canada) ZC-20 (U.S.)

—(U.S.) Motorcraft Engine Shampoo / Shampooing pour moteur Motorcraft (Canada) CXC-66-A (Canada)

WSS-M99P43-BMotorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner (U.S.) Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner / Nettoyant pour cuir et vinyle de haute qualit Motorcraft (Canada) ZC-56 (U.S. & Canada)

—(U.S.) Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner / Nettoyant multi-usage Motorcraft (Canada) CXC-101 (Canada)

WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant (U.S.) Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualit Motorcraft (Canada) ZC-32-B2 (U.S.) CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)

-Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner (U.S.) Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner / Nettoyant professionnel pour sellerie et moquette Motorcraft (Canada) ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)

-Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover (U.S.)

229

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Vehicle Care

SpecificationName (Canada) ZC-14 (U.S.)

ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner (U.S.) Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner / Nettoie-vitres de qualit suprieure Motorcraft (Canada) ZC-23 (U.S.) CXC-100 (Canada)

-Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner (U.S.) Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner / Nettoyant pour roues et pneus Motorcraft (Canada) ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)

CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft Detail Wash. Never use strong household detergents

or soap, for example dish washing or laundry liquid. These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces.

Never wash your vehicle when it is hot to the touch, or during strong or direct sunlight.

Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel to eliminate water spotting.

Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird droppings, insect deposits and road tar. These may cause damage to your vehicles paintwork or trim over time. We recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.

Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a car wash.

When filling with AdBlue, remove any residue on painted surfaces immediately.

Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage painted surfaces. If these substances come in contact with your vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as possible.

Cleaning the Headlamps Note: Do not scrape the headlamp lenses or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean them. Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when they are dry.

Exterior Chrome Parts Apply a high quality-cleaning product

to bumpers and other chrome parts. Follow the manufacturers instructions. We recommend Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner.

Do not apply the cleaning product to hot surfaces. Do not leave the cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer than the time recommended.

Using non-recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage.

Note: Never use abrasive materials, for example steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface. Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.

230

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Vehicle Care

Exterior Plastic Parts For routine cleaning we recommend Motorcraft Detail Wash. If tar or grease spots are present, we recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.

Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped)

Hand washing your vehicle is preferred however, pressure washing may be used under the following conditions: Do not use water pressure higher than

2,000 psi (14,000 kPa). Do not use water hotter than 179F

(82C). Use a spray with a 40 wide spray

angle pattern. Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm)

distance and 90 angle to your vehicle’s surface.

Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle at an angle to the vehicle’s surface may damage graphics and cause the edges to peel away from the vehicle’s surface.

Underbody Regularly clean the underside of your vehicle using water. Keep body and door drain holes free of debris or foreign material.

Under Hood For removing black rubber marks from under the hood we recommend Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner or Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.

WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car’s paint from the elements. We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year.

When washing and waxing, park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before applying wax. Use a quality wax that does not contain

abrasives. Follow the manufacturers instructions

to apply and remove the wax. Apply a small amount of wax in a

back-and-forth motion, not in circles. Do not allow wax to come in contact

with any non-body (low-gloss black) colored trim. The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time. Roof racks. Bumpers. Grained door handles. Side moldings. Mirror housings. Windshield cowl area.

Do not apply wax to glass areas. After waxing, your car’s paint should

feel smooth, and be free of streaks and smudges.

CLEANING THE ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal. When washing: Take care when using a power washer

to clean the engine. The high-pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage.

Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components.

231

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Vehicle Care

Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In Canada, use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo.

Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running; water in the running engine may cause internal damage.

Never wash or rinse any ignition coil, spark plug wire or spark plug well, or the area in and around these locations.

Cover the battery, power distribution box, and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine.

CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination. Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance. To clean the windshield and wiper blades: Clean the windshield with a

non-abrasive glass cleaner. When cleaning the interior of the windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe any glass cleaner off these surfaces immediately.

For windshields contaminated with tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean the entire windshield using steel wool (no greater than 0000 grade) in a circular motion and rinse with water.

Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer concentrate.

Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.

CLEANING THE INTERIOR

WARNINGS Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle’s seatbelts, as these actions may weaken the belt

webbing. On vehicles equipped with seat-mounted airbags, do not use chemical solvents or strong

detergents. Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a crash.

For fabric, carpets, cloth seats and seats equipped with side airbags: Remove dust and loose dirt with a

vacuum cleaner. Remove light stains and soil with

Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner.

If grease or tar is present on the material, spot-clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner.

If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately (but do not oversaturate) or the ring will set.

Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials.

232

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Vehicle Care

CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS

WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel

to avoid contamination of the airbag system.

Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats (page 233). Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas. Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase

the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection.

Do not use any household cleaning products or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel, interior trim and cluster lens.

Wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces.

Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Your warranty may not cover these damages.

If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces:

1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean, soft cloth as quickly as possible.

2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area.

3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

4. If necessary, apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the soiled area. Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes.

5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing motion for 60 seconds on the soiled area.

6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If

Equipped)

Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. For cleaning and removing stains such as dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area.

233

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Vehicle Care

You should: Remove dust and loose dirt with a

vacuum cleaner. Clean and treat spills and stains as

soon as possible. Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather: Oil and petroleum or silicone-based

leather conditioners. Household cleaners. Alcohol solutions. Solvents or cleaners intended

specifically for rubber, vinyl and plastics.

REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE You should repair paintwork damage caused by stones from the road or minor scratches as soon as possible. A choice of products are available from an authorized dealer. Remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips. Always read and follow the manufacturers instructions before using the products.

CLEANING THE WHEELS Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers. Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty) cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear away the clear coat finish over a period of time. Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergent.

Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and linings. Note: Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers. Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain their condition we recommend that you: Clean them weekly with the

recommended wheel and tire cleaner. Use a sponge to remove heavy

deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation.

Rinse them thoroughly with a pressurized stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process.

We recommend that you use Ford service wheel cleaner. Make sure that you read and follow the manufacturers instructions. Using other non-recommended cleaning products can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage.

VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30 days or more, read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition. We engineer and test all motor vehicles and their components for reliable, regular driving. Under various conditions, long-term storage may lead to degraded engine performance or failure unless you use specific precautions to preserve engine components.

234

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Vehicle Care

General Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated

place. Protect from sunlight, if possible. If vehicles are stored outside, they

require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage.

Body Wash your vehicle thoroughly to

remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing and the underside of front fenders.

Periodically wash your vehicle if it is stored in exposed locations.

Touch-up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust.

Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration. Re-wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle.

Lubricate all hood, door and luggage compartment hinges and latches with a light grade oil.

Cover interior trim to prevent fading. Keep all rubber parts free from oil and

solvents.

Engine Change the engine oil and filter prior to

storage because used engine oil contains contaminates which may cause engine damage.

Start the engine every 15 days for a minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle with the climate controls set to defrost until the engine reaches normal operating temperature.

With your foot on the brake, shift through all the gears while the engine is running.

We recommend that you change the engine oil before you use your vehicle again.

Fuel system Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel

until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle.

Cooling system Protect against freezing temperatures. When removing your vehicle from

storage, check coolant fluid level. Confirm that there are no cooling system leaks and that fluid is at the recommended level.

Battery Check and recharge as necessary. Keep

connections clean. If storing your vehicle for more than 30

days without recharging the battery, we recommend that you disconnect the battery cables to maintain battery charge for quick starting.

Note: It is necessary to reset memory features if battery cables are disconnected.

Brakes Make sure the brakes and parking brake

release fully.

Tires Maintain recommended air pressure.

235

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Vehicle Care

Miscellaneous Make sure all linkages, cables, levers

and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust.

Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion.

Removing Vehicle From Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage, do the following: Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt

or grease film build-up on window surfaces.

Check windshield wipers for any deterioration.

Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage such as mice or squirrel nests.

Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage.

Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label.

Check brake pedal operation. Drive your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and forth to remove rust build-up.

Check fluid levels (including coolant, oil and gas) to make sure there are no leaks, and fluids are at recommended levels.

If you remove the battery, clean the battery cable ends and check for damage.

Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues.

BODY STYLING KITS The distance between the underside of your vehicle and the ground is less than that of other models. Drive with extreme care to avoid damage to your vehicle.

236

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Vehicle Care

GENERAL INFORMATION Use only approved wheel and tire sizes, using other sizes could damage your vehicle. If you change the diameter of the tires from that fitted at the factory, the speedometer may not display the correct speed. Take your vehicle to an authorized Ford dealer to have the system reprogrammed. If you intend to change the size of the wheels from that fitted by the manufacturer, you can check the suitability with an authorized dealer. Additional information related to the functionality and maintenance of your tires can be found later in this chapter. See General Information (page 237). The Ford recommended tire inflation pressures can be found on the Tire Label, which is located on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. This information can also be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label, affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door latch post; next to the drivers seating position. Ford strongly recommends maintaining these tire pressures at all times. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns, reduced fuel economy, and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles. Note: Check and set the tire pressure at the ambient temperature in which you are intending to drive your vehicle and when the tires are cold. Note: Check your tire pressures at least once per month. Set the pressure for your spare tire to the highest value given for your vehicle and tire size combination, if equipped.

Notice to utility vehicle and truck owners

WARNINGS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Vehicles with a higher center of gravity (utility and four-wheel drive vehicles) handle differently than

vehicles with a lower center of gravity (passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and abrupt steering in these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously increases the risk of losing control of your vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.

In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seatbelt. Do not become overconfident in the ability of four-wheel drive vehicles. Although a four-wheel drive vehicle

may accelerate better than a two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations, it won’t stop any faster than two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive at a safe speed.

237

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the various driving conditions that are encountered on streets, highways and off-road. Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. Study your owner’s manual and any supplements for specific information about equipment features, instructions for safe driving and additional precautions to reduce the risk of an accident or serious injury.

How your vehicle differs from other vehicles Sport utility vehicles and trucks can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways. Your vehicle may be:

Higher — to allow higher load carrying capacity and to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components.

Shorter — to give it the capability to approach inclines and drive over the crest of a hill without getting hung up or damaging underbody components. All other things held equal, a shorter wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase.

Narrower — to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces, particularly in off-road use.

238

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

As a result of the above dimensional differences, Sport utility vehicles and trucks often have a higher center of gravity and a greater difference in center of gravity between the loaded and unloaded condition. These differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car.

TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR KIT Your vehicle may not have a spare wheel and tire. In these cases it will be supplied with a temporary mobility kit which will only repair one damaged tire. Only use the kit supplied with your vehicle.

Note: The kit may be used as an air compressor for tire inflation maintenance when the sealant bottle is not assembled to the compressor. The kit is located under the floor in the luggage compartment.

CompressorA Sealant bottleB

The kit consists of an air compressor to inflate the tire and a sealing compound in a canister that will effectively seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects. This kit will provide a temporary tire repair allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 mi (200 km) at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) to reach a tire service location. Note: Sealant compound contains latex. Use appropriate precautions to avoid any allergic reactions.

General Information WARNING

Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.

Punctures larger than 0.24 in (6 mm) may not be sealable. Tire sidewall damage cannot be temporarily repaired.

239

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Note: Do note use the kit if you have severely damaged a tire. Only seal punctures located within the tire tread with the kit. Loss of air pressure may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason: Drive carefully and avoid abrupt

steering maneuvers. Periodically monitor tire inflation

pressure in the affected tire; if the tire is losing pressure, have the vehicle towed.

Read the information in the Tips for Use of the Kit section to make sure safe operation of the kit and your vehicle.

Note: Do not drive the vehicle above 50 mph (80 km/h). Note: Do not drive further than 124 mi (200 km). Drive only to the closest authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to have your tire inspected.

Tips for use of the kit To ensure safe operation of the kit: Read all instructions and cautions fully. Before operating the kit, make sure

your vehicle is safely off the road and away from moving traffic. Switch on the hazard lights.

Always set the parking brake to ensure the vehicle doesn’t move unexpectedly.

Do not remove any foreign objects, such as nails or screws, from the tire.

When using the kit, if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well-ventilated area, leave the engine running so the compressor does not drain the vehicle’s battery.

Do not allow the compressor to operate continuously for more than 15 minutes. This will help prevent the compressor from overheating.

Never leave the kit unattended when it is operating.

Keep the kit away from children. Only use the kit when the ambient

temperature is between -22.0F (-30C) and 157.9F (70C).

Only use the sealing compound before the use-by date which is printed on the top of sealant bottle.

After sealant use, an authorized Ford dealer must replace the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel.

Operating the kit could cause an electrical disturbance in radio, CD, and DVD player operation.

What to do when a tire is punctured A tire puncture within the tire’s tread area can be sealed in two stages with the kit. In the first stage, the tire will be

reinflated with a sealing compound and air. After the tire has been inflated, you will need to drive the vehicle approximately 4 mi (6 km) to distribute the sealant in the tire.

In the second stage, you will need to check the tire pressure and adjust, if necessary, to the vehicle’s specified tire inflation pressure.

First stage: reinflating the tire with sealing compound and air

WARNINGS Do not stand directly over the kit while inflating the tire. If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations

in the tire’s sidewall during inflation, stop and call roadside assistance.

If the tire does not inflate to the recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes, stop and call roadside

assistance.

240

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

WARNINGS Do not run the engine when operating the air compressor unless the vehicle is outdoors or in a

well-ventilated area. The power plug may get hot after use and should be handled carefully when unplugging.

Park the vehicle in a safe, level and secure area, away from moving traffic. Turn the hazard lights on. Apply the parking brake and turn the engine off. Inspect the flat tire for visible damage. Sealant compound contains latex. Use appropriate precautions to avoid any allergic reactions. Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire. If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall, stop and call roadside assistance.

Sealant bottle.A Bottle cap.B Orange cap.C On/Off switch.D Power plug with cable.E Pressure release valve.F Protective cap.G Air/Sealant Hose.H

241

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Speed Restriction Label.I Pressure gauge.J

1. Remove the warning label (I) showing the maximum permissible speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) from the side of the compressor and place it on the top of the instrument panel or the center of the dash in the driver’s field of view. Make sure the label does not obscure anything important.

2. Pull out the hose (H) and the power plug with cable (E) from beneath the kit.

3. Unscrew the sealant bottle cap (B). Do not remove or puncture the seal on the bottle.

4. Unscrew the orange cap (C).

5. Screw the sealant bottle (A) clockwise into the bottle holder unit fully tight.

Note: Attaching the sealant bottle to the compressor pierces the seal. Do not loosen the bottle as the sealant could escape. 6. Remove the valve cap from the

damaged tire. 7. Make sure that the compressor switch

(D) is in the OFF position and the pressure release valve (F) is closed by turning it fully clockwise.

242

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

8. Pull the protective cap (G) from the hose (H). Fasten the hose to the tire valve by turning the connector clockwise. Tighten the connection securely.

9. Plug the 12 volt DC power point connector (E) into the 12 volt DC socket in the vehicle. See Auxiliary Power Points (page 115).

10. Start the engine. 11. Switch the compressor on.

243

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

12. Inflate the tire for no longer than 15 minutes to an inflation pressure of minimum 26 psi (1.8 bar) and a maximum of 51 psi (3.5 bar). Move the compressor switch (D) to the OFF position and check the current tire pressure with pressure gauge (J).

Note: If the tire inflation pressure does not reach 26 psi (180 kPa) within 15 minutes, the tire may have suffered excessive damage, making a temporary repair impossible. Stop and call roadside assistance. Note: When pumping in the sealant through the tire valve, the pressure may rise up to 87 psi (6 bar) but will drop again after a few seconds. Note: After you have switched the compressor off, you may hear air escaping from the damaged tire. This is normal and can be ignored provided that the specified minimum tire pressure has been reached. 13. Remove the power plug (E) from the

12-volt power point. 14. Unscrew the hose (H) from the tire

valve and put the protective cap (G) back in place. Replace the valve cap on the tire valve.

Note: Some residual sealant fluid may drip or briefly spray out the hose (H) while you are disconnecting it. This is normal. 15. Do not remove the sealant bottle

from the compressor. This avoids leakage of sealant residue.

16. Make sure the kit, the bottle lid and the orange cap are stored safely in your vehicle. The kit will be required again when you check the tire pressure after driving the vehicle a short distance.

17. Immediately and cautiously, drive the vehicle 3.7 mi (6 km) to distribute the sealant evenly inside the tire. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

18. After 4 mi (6 km), stop and check the tire pressure.

Note: If you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise while driving, do not proceed to the second stage of this operation. Reduce your speed until you can safely pull off to the side of the road to call for roadside assistance.

Second stage: checking tire pressure Check the air pressure of your tires as follows:

1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve.

244

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

2. Firmly screw the air compressor hose onto the valve stem by turning clockwise.

3. With the compressor off, the gage of the kit will display the tire inflation pressure.

Note: If you are proceeding from the First stage: Reinflating the tire with sealing compound and air section and have injected sealant in the tire and the pressure is below 20 psi (1.4 bar), stop and call roadside assistance. If tire pressure is above 20 psi (1.4 bar), continue to the next step. 4. If required, turn on the compressor and

adjust the tire to the recommended inflation pressure shown on the tire label located on the driver’s door or door jamb area. The tire pressure should be checked with the compressor turned OFF in order to get an accurate pressure reading.

5. Unscrew the compressor hose from the valve stem and re-install the valve cap. Leaving the sealant bottle attached to the compressor unit, safely store in your vehicle the tire sealant and inflator kit, the bottle lid and the orange cap.

What to do after the tire has been sealed Note: After the sealing compound has been used, the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/h) and the maximum driving distance is 124 mi (200 km). The sealed tire should be inspected immediately. You can check the tire pressure any time within the 124 mi (200 km) by performing the procedure from Second stage: Checking tire pressure. Regularly check the tire pressure until the sealed tire is repaired or replaced by a tire specialist. Before the tire is removed from the trim, you must inform the tire specialist that the tire contains sealant.

After using the kit to seal your tire, you will need to replace the sealant canister and hose. Sealant canister and hose service kits can be obtained at an authorized Ford dealer. Empty sealant canisters may be disposed of at home. However, canisters still containing liquid sealant should be disposed of by your local authorized Ford dealer or tire dealer, or in accordance with local waste disposal regulation.

TIRE CARE

Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires. The tire Quality Grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A. These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set.

245

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires. They do not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires, light truck or LT type tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575.104 )(2). U.S. Department of Transportation-Tire quality grades: The U.S. Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it.

Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear 1 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices, and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA A B C

WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on

straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics.

The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

Temperature A B C

WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a

tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory

246

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 139. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Glossary of Tire Terminology Tire label: A label showing the OE (Original Equipment) tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry. Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size and date of manufacture. Also referred to as DOT code. Inflation pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire. Standard load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at 35 psi (2.41 bar)[36 psi (2.5 bar) for Metric tires]. Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tires load carrying capability.

Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 42 psi (2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tires load carrying capability. kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air pressure. PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard unit of air pressure. Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mi (1.6 km). Recommended inflation pressure: The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position) or Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the drivers door. B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door. Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire next to the rim. Sidewall of the tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.

247

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Tread area of the tire: Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle. Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated.

Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall Both U.S. and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.

Information on P Type Tires

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size, load index and speed rating. The definitions of these items are listed below. (Note that the tire size, load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example.) A. P: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that may be used for service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks. Note: If your tire size does not begin with a letter, this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association.

248

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

B. 215: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire. C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire’s ratio of height to width. D. R: Indicates a radial type tire. E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter. F. 95: Indicates the tire’s load index. It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry. You may find this information in your owners manual. If not, contact a local tire dealer. Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law. G. H: Indicates the tire’s speed rating. The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure. The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure. These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions. The ratings range from 81 mph (130 km/h) to 186 mph (299 km/h). These ratings are listed in the following chart.

Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law.

Speed ratingLetter rating

81 mph (130 km/h)M 87 mph (140 km/h)N 99 mph (159 km/h)Q 106 mph (171 km/h)R 112 mph (180 km/h)S 118 mph (190 km/h)T 124 mph (200 km/h)U 130 mph (210 km/h)H 149 mph (240 km/h)V 168 mph (270 km/h)W 186 mph (299 km/h)Y

Note: For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN): This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are

249

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall. I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or AT: All Terrain, or AS: All Season. J. Tire Ply Composition and Material Used: Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. K. Maximum Load: Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. Refer to the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle. L. Treadwear, Traction and Temperature Grades:

*Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. *Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. *Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. M. Maximum Inflation Pressure: Indicates the tire manufacturer’s maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer’s recommended cold inflation pressure, which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch

250

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

post, next to the driver’s seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the drivers door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label. The tire suppliers may have additional markings, notes or warnings such as standard load, radial tubeless, etc.

Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires

LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires; these differences are described below. Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire.

A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for service on light trucks. B. Load Range and Load Inflation Limits: Indicates the tire’s load-carrying capabilities and its inflation limits. C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual, defined as four tires on the rear axle (a total of six or more tires on the vehicle). D. Maximum Load Single lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single, defined as two tires (total) on the rear axle.

Information on T Type Tires T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires; these differences are described below: T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size. Note: The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example. Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire.

251

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for temporary service on cars, sport-utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks. B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire. C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire’s ratio of height to width. Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall. D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.

R: Indicates a radial type tire. E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter.

Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.

Inflating Your Tires Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated. Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat. Every day before you drive, check your tires. If one looks lower than the others, use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required. At least once a month and before long trips, inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge (including spare, if equipped). Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company.

252

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

WARNING Under-inflation is the most common cause of tire failures

and may result in severe tire cracking, tread separation or blowout, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle control and accidents. A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!

You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge, as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate. Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial-type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick-type tire pressure gauge. Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear. Under-inflation or over-inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns. Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire. The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label

(affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles. Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer’s maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturers recommended cold inflation pressure, which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the drivers door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label.

253

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

When weather temperature changes occur, tire inflation pressures also change. A 10F (6C) temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure. Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label. To check the pressure in your tire(s): 1. Make sure the tires are cool, meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile. Note: If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot, (for example, driven more than 1 mile [1.6 kilometers], never bleed or reduce air pressure. The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures. A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under-inflated. Note: If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire(s), check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump. It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive. 2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire, then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure.

3. Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure. Note: If you overfill the tire, release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge. 4. Replace the valve cap. 5. Repeat this procedure for each tire, including the spare. Note: Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires. For T-type mini-spare tires, refer to the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description. Store and maintain at 60 psi (4.15 bar). For full-size and dissimilar spare tires, refer to the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description. Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label. 6. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak. 7. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts or bulges.

254

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones, nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves. Check the tire and valve stems for holes, cracks, or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem. Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking, cuts, bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear. If internal damage to the tire is suspected, have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced. For your safety, tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail. Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Inspect all your tires, including the spare, frequently, and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist:

Tire Wear

When the tread is worn down to 1/16th of an inch (2 mm), tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear indicators, or wear bars, which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to 1/16th of an inch (2 mm). When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars, the tire is worn out and must be replaced.

Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage (such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall). If damage is observed

255

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional. Tires can be damaged during off-road use, so inspection after off-road use is also recommended.

Age

WARNING Tires degrade over time depending on many factors

such as weather, storage conditions, and conditions of use (load, speed, inflation pressure) the tires experience throughout their lives.

In general, tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear. However, heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently.

You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and

describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a United States DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall. This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall.

Tire Replacement Requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability.

WARNINGS Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same

size, load index, speed rating and type (such as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season versus all-terrain) as those originally provided by Ford. The recommended tire and wheel size

256

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

WARNINGS may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), or the Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the driver’s door. If this information is not found on these labels, then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.

To reduce the risk of serious injury, when mounting

replacement tires and wheels, you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below. If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated, re-lubricate and try again.

When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to

20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall, the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire:

Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size.

Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again.

Stand at a minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away from the wheel and tire assembly.

Use both eye and ear protection.

WARNINGS For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi (1.38 bar)

greater than the maximum pressure, a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting.

Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with

the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away from the wheel and tire assembly.

Important: Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle. It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair. The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels (originally installed on your vehicle) are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels.

257

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system. If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing, your tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS, or some component of the TPMS may be damaged.

Safety Practices

WARNINGS If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud or sand, do not

rapidly spin the tires; spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion. A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds.

Do not spin the wheels at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The

tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander.

Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. Observe posted speed limits. Avoid fast starts, stops and turns. Avoid potholes and objects on the road. Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking.

Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there is always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway. Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic. This may further damage the flat tire, but your safety is more important. If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving, or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tires for damage. If a tire is under-inflated, check the tire for damage. If the tire is not damaged inflate it to the recommended tire pressure. If a tire is damaged, have it replaced immediately. If your vehicle has a spare wheel, fit the spare wheel immediately and have the damaged tire replaced as soon as possible. If your vehicle does not have a spare wheel, it has a temporary mobility kit.

258

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires. If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you are driving, the wheels may be out of alignment. Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically. Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer. Front-wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension (if equipped) may require alignment of all four wheels. The tires should also be balanced periodically. An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear.

Tire Rotation

WARNING If the tire label shows different tire pressures for the

front and rear tires and the vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring system, then you need to update the settings for the system sensors. Always perform the system reset procedure after tire rotation. If you do not reset the system, it may not provide a low tire pressure warning when necessary.

Note: If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment, tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation. Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly. A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels. If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation. Note: After having your tires rotated, inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements. Rotating your tires at the recommended interval (as indicated in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter) will help your tires wear more evenly, providing better tire performance and longer tire life. Front-wheel drive vehicles (front tires on the left side of the diagram).

259

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires.

USING SUMMER TIRES Summer tires provide superior performance on wet and dry roads. Summer tires do not have the Mud and Snow (M+S or M/S) tire traction rating on the tire side wall. Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as All-season or Snow tires, we do not recommend using summer tires when temperatures drop to about 45F (7C) or below (depending on tire wear and environmental conditions) or in snow and ice conditions. Like any tire, summer tire performance is affected by tire wear and environmental conditions. If you must drive in those conditions, we recommend using Mud and Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or Snow tires. Always store your summer tires indoors at temperatures above 19F (-7C). The rubber compounds used in these tires lose flexibility and may develop surface cracks in the tread area at temperatures below 19F (-7C). If the tires have been subjected to 19F (-7C) or less, warm them in a heated space to at least 41F (5C) for at least 24 hours before installing them on a vehicle, or moving the vehicle with the tires installed, or checking tire

inflation. Do not place tires near heaters or heating devices used to warm the room where the tires are stored. Do not apply heat or blow heated air directly on the tires. Always inspect the tires after storage periods and before use.

USING SNOW CHAINS

WARNING Snow tires must be the same size, load index and speed rating as those originally provided by Ford. Use of

any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Additionally, the use of non-recommended tires and wheels can cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure. Follow the Ford recommended tire inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (on the door hinge pillar, door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post, next to the driver seat), or Tire Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles.

260

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

The tires on your vehicle may have all-weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow. However, in some climates you may need to use snow chains. If you need to use chains, it is recommended that steel wheels (of the same size and specification) be used, as chains may chip aluminum wheels. Follow these guidelines when using traction devices: Use 0.3937 in (10 mm) or less in

dimension as measured on the sidewall of your tire with 205/60 R16 92H or 205/50 R17 93H XL. Not all S-class snow chains meet these restrictions. Chains of this size restriction will include a tensioning device. (Any Lincoln or Ford passenger vehicle).

The snow chains or cables must be mounted in pairs on only on the front axle.

Purchase chains or cables from a manufacturer that clearly labels body to tire dimension restrictions.

When installing tire chains or cables, make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturers suggestions.

Install cables securely, verifying that the cables do not extend beyond the wheel or touch the wheel, any wiring, brake lining.

If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle.

When driving with snow chains or cables, do not exceed 30 mph (48 km/h) or the maximum speed recommended by the chain manufacturer; whichever is less.

Drive cautiously. If you hear the chains or cables rub or bang against the vehicle, stop and retighten them. If this does not work, remove the chains or cables and prevent vehicle damage.

Remove the chains or cables when they are no longer needed. Do not use the chains or cables on dry roads.

If a temporary spare tire is mounted on your vehicle, do not use snow chains on the axle with the temporary spare tire.

If you have any questions regarding snow tires or snow chains, please contact your authorized dealer.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM

WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressures. You should

periodically check tire pressures using a pressure gauge. Failure to correctly maintain tire pressures could increase the risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.

Note: You should only use tire sealants in roadside emergencies as they may cause damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensor. Note: If the tire pressure monitoring system sensor becomes damaged, it may not function.

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated

to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires).

261

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicles handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with License exempt RSS Standards of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any

interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. The term «IC:» before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.

Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System

Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem. The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed. Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor. You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer.

262

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Check the tire pressure periodically (at least monthly) using an accurate tire gauge. See When Inflating Your Tires in this chapter.

Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System

The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle. You can view the tire pressure readings through the information display. See General Information (page 85). The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low. Once

the light is illuminated, your tires are under-inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturers recommended tire pressure. Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off, your tire pressure still needs to be checked.

When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare, the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle. To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system, have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle.

When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air. It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended. See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system:

263

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Customer action requiredPossible causeLow tire pressure warning light

Make sure tires are at the proper pres- sure. See Inflating your tires in this chapter. After inflating your tires to the manufacturers recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label (located on the edge of drivers door or the B-Pillar), the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off.

Tire(s) under-inflated

Solid warning light Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section.

Spare tire in use

If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

TPMS malfunction

Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed in this section.

Spare tire in use

Flashing warning light

If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

TPMS malfunction

When Inflating Your Tires

WARNING Do not use the tire pressure displayed in the information display as a tire pressure gauge. Failure to

follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

When putting air into your tires (such as at a gas station or in your garage), the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires. It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure.

264

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire. While driving in a normal manner, a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 24 psi (1428 kPa) from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature, the tire pressure may decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of 30F (17C) in ambient temperature. This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure. If the low tire pressure warning light is on, visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure.

CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information

WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.

If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire, then it is intended for temporary use only. This means that if you need to use it, you should replace it as soon as possible with a road wheel and tire assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged, it should be replaced rather than repaired. A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types: 1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire

begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall.

2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label on wheel: This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY.

3. Full-size dissimilar spare without label on wheel.

When driving with a type 1 or 2 dissimilar spare tire listed above, do not: Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). Load the vehicle beyond maximum

vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label.

Tow a trailer. Use more than one dissimilar spare tire

at a time. Use commercial car washing

equipment. Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.

265

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

When driving with a type 3 dissimilar spare tire listed above, do not: Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h). Use more than one dissimilar spare

wheel and tire assembly at a time. Use commercial car washing

equipment. Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following: Handling, stability and braking

performance. Comfort and noise. Ground clearance and parking at curbs. Winter weather driving capability. Wet weather driving capability. All-wheel driving capability (if

applicable). The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly can lead to impairment of the following: Handling, stability and braking

performance. Comfort and noise. Ground clearance and parking at curbs. Winter weather driving capability. Wet weather driving capability. All-wheel driving capability. When driving with the full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly additional caution should be given to: Towing a trailer. Driving vehicles equipped with a

camper body. Driving vehicles with a load on the

cargo rack. Drive cautiously when using a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and seek service as soon as possible.

Vehicles With a Spare Wheel If the spare wheel is exactly the same type and size as the other fitted wheels, you can replace the existing road wheel with the spare wheel and continue to drive in the normal manner. If the spare wheel is different to the other wheels, it will carry a yellow label with the appropriate speed limit. See the following information for using the spare wheel.

WARNINGS Drive the shortest possible distances.

Do not fit more than one spare wheel on your vehicle at any one time. Do not carry out any tire repairs on a spare wheel. If you are not sure what type of spare wheel your vehicle has, do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). The ground clearance of your vehicle may be reduced. Take care when parking next to a curb.

Note: The use of tire sealant may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should only be used in roadside emergencies. If you must use a sealant, the Ford Tire Mobility Kit sealant should be used. The tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized dealer after use of the sealant. Note: Your vehicle may exhibit some different driving characteristics if you fit the spare wheel. Note: If the spare wheel is fitted to your vehicle, do not drive through an automatic car wash.

266

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Vehicle Jack (If Equipped)

WARNINGS The jack should be used on level firm ground wherever possible. Switch the ignition off and apply the park brake fully before lifting vehicle. It is recommended that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked, and that no person should remain in a vehicle

that is being jacked. No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. The jack supplied with this vehicle is only intended for changing wheels. Do not use the vehicle jack other

than when you are changing a wheel in an emergency.

Check that the vehicle jack is not damaged or deformed and the thread is lubricated and clean. Never place anything between the vehicle jack and the ground. Never place anything between the vehicle jack and your vehicle.

Note: No maintenance or additional lubrication of your jack is required over the service life of your vehicle.

Vehicle Jack Storage

The vehicle jack, lug wrench, towing hook and the key for the spare wheel lock are located in a tool kit under the floor cover in the luggage compartment. 1. Remove the jack, lug wrench, and

locking key for the spare wheel from the tool kit.

2. Unfold the hex end of the socket from the wrench handle for use.

3. If equipped, unlatch and remove the spare wheel cover.

4. Remove the spare wheel before jacking the vehicle.

267

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

Note: The spare wheel is located on the tailgate. To remove the spare wheel, loosen and remove the locking nut using the lug wrench and the spare wheel lock key. Loosen and remove the remaining lug nuts securing the spare wheel to the tailgate.

Jacking and Lifting Points WARNING

Use only the specified jacking points. If you use other positions, you may damage the body, steering,

suspension, engine, braking system or the fuel lines.

Locate the vehicle jacking points. Small arrow-shaped marks indicate the locations.

A

Removing a Road Wheel WARNINGS

Park your vehicle in such a position that neither the traffic nor you are hindered or endangered. Park your vehicle so that you do not obstruct the flow of traffic or place yourself in any danger and set up a

warning triangle. Make sure that your vehicle is on firm and level ground with the front wheels pointing straight ahead. Switch the ignition off and apply the parking brake. If your vehicle has a manual transmission, shift into first or reverse gear. If your vehicle has an automatic

transmission, shift into park (P). Make sure all passengers are out of your vehicle. Secure the diagonally opposite wheel with an appropriate block or wheel chock. Make sure that the arrows on directional tires point in the direction of rotation when your vehicle is

moving forward. If you have to fit a spare tire with the arrows pointing in the opposite direction have the tire refitted as soon as possible.

Do not work on your vehicle when the jack is the only support. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you or

someone else could be seriously injured. Make sure that the vehicle jack is vertical to the jacking point and the base is flat on the ground.

1. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half turn counterclockwise, but do not remove them.

268

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

2. Jack up your vehicle until the tire is clear of the ground.

3. Remove the lug nuts and the wheel. Note: Do not lay alloy wheels face down on the ground, this may damage the paint.

Removing and Installing a Spare Wheel

1. Remove the two nuts. 2. Remove the locking nut. 3. Remove the spare wheel. 4. Install in the reverse order.

Installing a Road Wheel WARNINGS

Use only approved wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes could damage your vehicle. Do not fit run flat tires on vehicles that were not originally fitted with them. Contact an authorized dealer

for more details about compatibility.

WARNINGS Do not install alloy wheels using lug nuts designed for use with steel wheels.

WARNINGS Make sure there is no grease or oil on the threads or the surface between the wheel lugs and nuts. This can

cause the lug nuts to loosen while driving.

Note: Make sure the wheel and hub contact surfaces are free from foreign matter. Note: Make sure that the cones on the lug nuts are against the wheel. 1. Install the wheel. 2. Install the lug nuts finger tight.

3. Partially tighten the lug nuts in the sequence shown.

4. Lower your vehicle and remove the jack.

5. Fully tighten the lug nuts in the sequence shown. See Lug Nuts (page 270).

WARNING Have the lug nuts checked for tightness and the tire pressure checked as soon as possible.

269

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

LUG NUTS

Lug Nut Torque WARNING

When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners

that attach the rotor to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.

lb.ft (Nm)Bolt Size

100 lb.ft (135 Nm)M12 x 1.5

41 lb.ft (55 Nm)M12 x 1.51

1Spare Wheel carrier.

270

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Wheels and Tires

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS — 2.0L

2.0L GDIEngine

121Cubic inches

Minimum 87 octaneRequired fuel

1-3-4-2Firing order

Coil on plugIgnition system

.034 — .036 in. (.85 — .95 mm)Spark plug gap

12.0:1Compression ratio

271

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS — 1.0L ECOBOOST

1.0L EcoBoostEngine

61Cubic inches

Minimum 87 octaneRequired fuel

1-2-3Firing order

Coil on plugIgnition system

0.026 0.030 in. (0.65 0.75 mm)Spark plug gap

10.0:1Compression ratio

272

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONS — 2.0L

Gear Ratios

RatioItem

4.584:11st gear

2.964:12nd gear

1.912:13rd gear

1.446:14th gear

1.000:15th gear

0.746:16th gear

2.943:1Reverse gear

3.51:1Final drive

273

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONS — 1.0L ECOBOOST

Gear Ratios

RatioItem

4.584:11st gear

2.964:12nd gear

1.912:13rd gear

1.446:14th gear

1.000:15th gear

0.746:16th gear

2.943:1Reverse gear

3.440:1Final drive

274

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

MOTORCRAFT PARTS — 1.0L ECOBOOST

Part NumberComponent

FA-1935Air filter element

FL-910-SOil filter

BAGM-48H6-760Battery

SP-538ASpark plugs

FP-69Cabin air filter

WW-2963 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade WW-2964 (passenger side)

WW-1108Rear window wiper blade

We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Companys specifications and are engineered for your vehicle. Use of other parts may impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any damage related to use of other parts. If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36. For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 383).

275

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

MOTORCRAFT PARTS — 2.0L

Part NumberComponent

FA-1935Air filter element

FL-910-SOil filter

BAGM-48H6-760Battery

SP-538ASpark plugs

FP-69Cabin air filter

WW-2963 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade WW-2964 (passenger side)

WW-1108Rear window wiper blade

We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Companys specifications and are engineered for your vehicle. Use of other parts may impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any damage related to use of other parts. If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36. For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 383).

276

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The vehicle identification number is located on the left-hand side of the instrument panel.

Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number. The Vehicle Identification Number contains the following information:

World manufacturer identifierA Brake system, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, Restraint Devices and their locations

B

Make, vehicle line, series, body type

C

Engine typeD Check digitE Model yearF Assembly plantG Production sequence numberH

277

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located. The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, the door latch post, or the edge of the door near the door latch, next to the driver’s seating position.

TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION

The transmission code is on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The following table shows the transmission code along with the transmission description.

CodeDescription

6Six-speed automatic transmission 6F Mid-Range

7Six-speed automatic transmission 6F 15

278

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS — 1.0L ECOBOOST

WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure. Only qualified

personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.

Capacities

CapacityItem

1.1 gal (4.3 L)Engine oil fill capacity including the oil filter.

1.0 gal (3.9 L)Engine oil fill capacity excluding the oil filter.

1.9 gal (7.2 L)Engine coolant fill capacity.

2.5 gal (9.3 L)Automatic transmission fluid fill capacity.1

13.6 gal (51.6 L)Fuel tank fill capacity.

1.2 gal (4.5 L)Washer system fill capacity.

1.65 lb (0.75 kg)Air conditioning refrigerant fill capacity.

0.26 lb (0.12 kg)Air conditioning refrigerant compressor oil fill capacity. 1Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes. Contact an authorized dealer for fluid level checking and filling.

Adding Engine Oil

Quantity

0.2 gal (0.7 L)

The quantity of engine oil required to raise the indicated level on the dipstick from minimum to maximum.

Specifications Use oil and fluids that meet the defined specification and viscosity grades. Note: Use of other fluids may lead to damage which is not covered by the vehicle Warranty.

Materials SpecificationName

WSS-M2C945-AMotorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil (U.S.) Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Super Premium Motor Oil / Huile moteur de trs haute qualit SAE 5W-20 Motorcraft (Canada) XO-5W20-QSP (U.S.) CXO-5W20-LSP12 (Canada)

279

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

SpecificationName WSS-M97B44-DMotorcraft Orange Concentrated Antifreeze/Coolant (U.S.)

Motorcraft Orange Concentrated Antifreeze/Coolant / Antigel/liquide de refroidissement concentr orange Motorcraft (Canada) VC-3-B (U.S.) CVC-3-B2 (Canada)

WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid (U.S.) Motorcraft DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft (Canada) PM-20 (U.S. & Canada)

WSS-M2C200-D2Motorcraft Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid (U.S.) Motorcraft Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid / Huile pour botes embrayage double Motorcraft (Canada) XT-11-QDC (U.S. & Canada)

WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant (U.S.) Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualit Motorcraft (Canada) ZC-32-B2 (U.S.) CXC-37-A/B/D/F (Canada)

WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant (U.S.) R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigne R-1234yf (Canada) YN-33-A (U.S.) HS7Z-19B519-BA (Canada)

WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil (U.S.) Motorcraft R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile PAG pour frigorigne R-1234yf Motorcraft (Canada) YN-35 (U.S. & Canada) Motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that meet API SN requirements and display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines are also acceptable. Do not use oil labeled with API SN service category unless the label also displays the API certification mark. Note: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use MERCON LV transmission fluid.

280

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

An oil that displays this symbol conforms to current engine, emission system and fuel economy performance standards of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). Note: Do not use more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of the alternative engine oil between scheduled service intervals. Using oil and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade may lead to: Component damage which may not be

covered by the vehicle Warranty. Longer engine cranking periods. Increased emission levels.

Reduced engine performance. Reduced fuel economy. Reduced brake performance. Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.

Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold Climates To improve engine cold start performance, we recommend that you use the following alternative engine oil in extremely cold climates, where the ambient temperature reaches -22.0F (-30C) or below.

Materials

SpecificationName

WSS-M2C947-A Motorcraft SAE 0W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor Oil: Engine Oil — SAE 0W-20 XO-0W20-QSP

281

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS — 2.0L

WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure. Only qualified

personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.

Capacities

CapacityItem

1.1 gal (4.3 L)Engine oil fill capacity including the oil filter.

1.0 gal (3.9 L)Engine oil fill capacity excluding the oil filter.

1.8 gal (7 L)Engine coolant fill capacity.

2.5 gal (9.3 L)Automatic transmission fluid fill capacity.1

13.6 gal (51.6 L)Fuel tank fill capacity.

1.2 gal (4.5 L)Washer system fill capacity.

0.99 lb (0.45 kg)Air conditioning refrigerant fill capacity.

0.26 lb (0.12 kg)Air conditioning refrigerant compressor oil fill capacity. 1Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes. Contact an authorized dealer for fluid level checking and filling.

Adding Engine Oil

Quantity

0.2 gal (0.7 L)

The quantity of engine oil required to raise the indicated level on the dipstick from minimum to maximum.

Specifications Only use fluid that meets Ford specifications. Use oil and fluids that meet the defined specification and viscosity grades. Note: Use of other fluids may lead to damage which is not covered by the vehicle Warranty.

Materials SpecificationName

WSS-M2C945-AMotorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil (U.S.) Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Super Premium Motor Oil / Huile moteur de trs haute qualit SAE 5W-20 Motorcraft (Canada) XO-5W20-QSP (U.S.) CXO-5W20-LSP12 (Canada)

282

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

SpecificationName WSS-M97B44-DMotorcraft Orange Concentrated Antifreeze/Coolant (U.S.)

Motorcraft Orange Concentrated Antifreeze/Coolant / Antigel/liquide de refroidissement concentr orange Motorcraft (Canada) VC-3-B (U.S.) CVC-3-B2 (Canada)

WSS-M2C98-AAutomatic Transmission Fluid WSS-M2C948-BEngine Oil — SAE 5W-20 WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake

Fluid (U.S.) Motorcraft DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft (Canada) PM-20 (U.S. & Canada)

WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant (U.S.) R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigne R-1234yf (Canada) YN-33-A (U.S.) HS7Z-19B519-BA (Canada)

WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil (U.S.) Motorcraft R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile PAG pour frigorigne R-1234yf Motorcraft (Canada) YN-35 (U.S. & Canada) Motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that meet API SN requirements and display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines are also acceptable. Do not use oil labeled with API SN service category unless the label also displays the API certification mark. Note: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use MERCON LV transmission fluid.

An oil that displays this symbol conforms to current engine, emission system and fuel economy performance standards of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). Note: Do not use more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of the alternative engine oil between scheduled service intervals.

283

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

Using oil and fluids that do not meet the defined specification and viscosity grade may lead to: Component damage which may not be

covered by the vehicle Warranty. Longer engine cranking periods. Increased emission levels. Reduced engine performance. Reduced fuel economy. Reduced brake performance.

Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.

Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold Climates To improve engine cold start performance, we recommend that you use the following alternative engine oil in extremely cold climates, where the ambient temperature reaches -22.0F (-30C) or below.

Materials

SpecificationName

WSS-M2C947-A Motorcraft SAE 0W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor Oil: Engine Oil — SAE 0W-20 XO-0W20-QSP

284

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Capacities and Specifications

GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors

Radio Reception Factors

The further you travel away from an FM station, the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.

Distance and Strength

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.

Terrain

When you pass near a radio transmission tower, a stronger signal can override a weaker signal and can cause interfer- ence in the audio system.

Station overload

MP3 and WMA Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks and folder structures work as follows: There are two different modes for MP3

and WMA disc playback: MP3 and WMA track mode (system default) and MP3 and WMA folder mode.

MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 and WMA disc. The player numbers each MP3 and WMA track on the disc (noted by the .mp3 or .WMA file extension) from T001 to a maximum of T255.

FCC Notice This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC ID: A8DGEN3-1D

Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

AUDIO UNIT — VEHICLES WITH: SYNC

WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

285

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Audio System

Switching the Audio Unit On and Off

Adjusting the Volume

Selecting the Radio Press the button to select radio mode. Press the button again to display

the available radio sources. Repeatedly press the button to scroll through the available radio sources.

Changing Radio Stations

Manual tuning.A Station name tuning.B

Note: You can change radio stations using the seek buttons. Note: You can recall radio stations using the numeric preset buttons.

Selecting Media Press the button to select media mode. Press the button again to display

the available media sources. Repeatedly press the button to scroll through the available media sources.

286

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Audio System

Scrolling Through the Menu Options

Selecting a Menu Option

Returning to the Previous Screen

Seek Up and Next Track Button

Seek Down and Previous Track Button

Pausing or Playing Media In radio mode, press the button to mute the signal. Press the button again to restore the

signal. In media mode, press the button to pause playback. Press the button again to resume playback.

Apps Press the button to enable or disable the control of a mobile app that is running on your

Bluetooth or USB device.

System Settings Press the button to adjust general system settings, for example voice features, display,

clock and others.

Sound Settings Press the button to adjust the sound settings. You can optimize the sound for different seating

positions. You can also activate and set the sensitivity of the speed compensated volume.

287

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Audio System

Using a Cell Phone You can make a call from a recent call list, contact list or dial a number.

AUDIO UNIT — VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3 Switching the Audio Unit On and Off

WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Adjusting the Volume

288

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Audio System

Changing Radio Stations

Manual tuning.A Note: You can change radio stations using the seek buttons.

Seek Up and Next Track Button

Seek Down and Previous Track Button

Pausing or Playing Media In radio mode, press the button to mute the signal. Press the button again to restore the

signal. In media mode, press the button to pause playback. Press the button again to resume playback.

Switching the Screen On and Off

Sound Settings Press the button to adjust the sound settings. You can optimize the sound for different seating

positions. You can also activate and set the sensitivity of the speed compensated volume.

USB PORT (If Equipped)

WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices, memory sticks and charge devices (if supported). See SYNC (page 290).

289

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

Audio System

GENERAL INFORMATION SYNC is an in-vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and portable media player. This allows you to: Make and receive calls. Access and play music from your

portable music player. Use 911 Assist or Emergency Assistance

and applications via SYNC AppLink.*

Access phonebook contacts and music using voice commands.

Stream music from your connected phone.

Text message. Use the advanced voice recognition

system. Charge your USB device (if your device

supports this). *These features are not available in all markets and may require activation. Available AppLink enabled apps vary by market. Make sure that you review your device’s manual before using it with SYNC.

Support SYNC support is available at your regional Ford website. See SYNC Troubleshooting (page 299).

SYNC Owner Account Why do I need a SYNC owner account? Essential for keeping up with the latest

software downloads available for SYNC.

Access to customer support for any questions you may have.

Driving Restrictions For your safety, certain features are speed-dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mi (5 km).

Safety Information WARNING

Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

When using SYNC: Do not operate playing devices if the

power cords or cables are broken, split or damaged. Place cords and cables out of the way, so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals, seats, compartments or safe driving abilities.

Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage. See your device’s manual for further information.

Do not attempt to service or repair the system. See an authorized dealer.

Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC, the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone. This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently. Among other things, this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book, text messages

290

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

(read and unread), and call history, including history of calls when your cellular phone was not connected to the system. In addition, if you connect a media device, the system creates and retains an index of supported media content. The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur. The cellular profile, media device index, and development log will remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected. If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle, we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information. System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle’s SYNC module. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada will not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent, a

court order, or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities, or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada. For further privacy information, see the section on 911 Assist. See SYNC Applications and Services (page 294).

USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands. This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is around you.

Initiating a Voice Session Press the voice button. A list of available voice commands appears in the display.

Global Voice Commands These voice commands are always available. You can say them at any time.

Global voice commands

Gives you available commands you can use on the current screen.

Help

Gives you a list of possible voice commands.

List of Commands

This command ends the voice session. You can also cancel a session by pressing seek up, seek down, or holding the voice button for two or more seconds.

Cancel

291

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

Helpful Hints Make sure the interior of your vehicle is

as quiet as possible. Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands.

Before giving a voice command, wait for the system announcement to finish, followed by a single tone. Any command spoken before this does not register with the system.

Speak naturally, without long pauses between words.

You can interrupt the system at any time while it is speaking by pressing the voice button. You can cancel a voice session by pressing and holding the voice button.

System Interaction and Feedback The system provides feedback through audible tones, prompts, questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction. You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback. The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system. You can change these settings at any time.

Adjusting the Interaction Level Press the voice button. When prompted, say:

Action and DescriptionVoice Command

Voice Settings

Then either of the following:

Provides more detailed interaction and guidance. (Recommended for first time users.)

Interaction Mode Standard

Provides less audible interaction and guid- ance.

Interaction Mode Advanced

Phone Confirmation Using phone confirmations the system asks you to verify before placing any calls.

292

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say:

Action and DescriptionVoice Command

Voice Settings

Then any of the following:

When enabled, this feature will prompt you to confirm any voice initiated call command prior to the call being placed.

Phone Confirmation Off

The system will make a best guess; you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings.

Phone Confirmation On

USING SYNC WITH YOUR PHONE Hands-free calling is one of the main features of SYNC. While the system supports a variety of features, many are dependent on your cellular phone’s functionality. At a minimum, most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions: Answering an incoming call. Ending a call. Dialing a number. Redialing. Call waiting notification. Caller ID. Other features, such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download, are phone-dependent features.

Pairing a Phone Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands-free calls.

Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio. Shift the transmission into park (P) for automatic transmission or first gear for manual transmission.

Using the Audio System Note: To scroll through the menus, press the up and down arrows on your audio system. 1. Make sure to switch on your phone’s

Bluetooth feature before starting the search. See your device’s manual if necessary.

2. Press the Settings button. 3. Select Bluetooth from the menu. 4. Press the OK button. 5. Select the option to add. This starts

the pairing process. 6. When a message to begin pairing

appears in the audio display, search for SYNC on your device.

293

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

7. When prompted on your cell phones display, confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cell phone. Your phone is now paired and the display indicates that the pairing was successful. If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device, enter the PIN displayed on the screen. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.

Depending on your phone’s capability and your market, the system may prompt you with questions, such as setting the current phone as the primary phone and downloading your phonebook.

Using Voice Commands Make sure to switch on your phone’s Bluetooth feature before starting the search. See

your device’s manual if necessary.

Press the voice button and when prompted say:

Action and Descrip- tion

Voice Command

Follow the instruc- tions on the audio display.

Pair Phone

Phone Voice Commands Press the voice button. You can do things like place a phone call and access text messages.

When prompted, say a command. See the following table for example commands.

Voice Command

___ List of Commands

Help

Call ___

Dial ___

Text Messages

__ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the name of anything, such as a contact or phone number.

Phone Controls Use the phone buttons on your steering wheel to answer, reject, or hang up a call.

Accessing Features through the Phone Menu You can access your call history, phonebook, sent text messages, as well as access phone and system settings. 1. Press the PHONE button to enter the

phone menu. 2. Scroll through the menu to view

contacts, text messages, and the phone dialer.

SYNC APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of

an emergency. SYNC AppLink: Allows you to connect

to and use certain applications such as Spotify and Glympse (if your phone is compatible).

These features may require activation. Available AppLink enabled apps vary by market.

294

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

911 Assist WARNINGS

Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash, the system will not dial for help which could delay

response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash.

Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself. Dial emergency services

immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash, the system or phone may be damaged or non-functional.

Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged

in a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly.

Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident. Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number. Note: Before setting this feature on, make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information. Note: If any user switches 911 Assist to on or off, that setting applies for all paired phones. If 911 Assist is switched off, either a voice message plays or a display message or an icon comes on when your vehicle is started and after a previously paired phone connects. Note: Every phone operates differently. While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones, some may have trouble using this feature.

If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. See SYNC (page 290). Important information about airbag deployment is in this chapter. See Roadside Emergencies (page 181). Important information about the fuel pump shut-off is in this chapter.

Setting 911 Assist On or Off

Press the Settings button then select:

Action and DescriptionMenu Item

Select the desired option, on or off.

911 Assist

To make sure that 911 Assist works properly: SYNC must be powered and working

properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use.

The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident.

You must pair and connect a Bluetooth-enabled and compatible cell phone to SYNC.

A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident.

A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have adequate network coverage, battery power and signal strength.

The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number.

295

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses its connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC searches for and tries to connect to a previously paired cell phone; SYNC then attempts to call the emergency services. Before making the call: SYNC provides a short window of time

(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call. If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC attempts to dial 911.

SYNC says the following, or a similar message: «SYNC will attempt to call 911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel».

If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC makes a successful call, a pre-recorded message plays for the 911 operator, and then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator. Be prepared to provide your name, phone number and location immediately, because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically.

911 Assist May Not Work If Your cellular phone or 911 Assist

hardware sustains damage in a crash. The vehicle’s battery or the SYNC

system has no power. The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle

are the ones paired and connected to the system.

911 Assist Privacy Notice When you switch on 911 Assist, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not switch the feature on.

SYNC Mobile Apps The system enables voice and steering wheel control of SYNC AppLink enabled smartphone apps. When an app is running through AppLink, you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls. Note: You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink. Note: iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port. Note: Android users need to connect the phone to SYNC using Bluetooth. Note: For information on available apps, supported smartphone devices and troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford website. Availability of SYNC AppLink enabled Apps will vary by region. Note: Make sure you have an active account for the app that you have downloaded. Some apps work automatically with no setup. Other apps want you to configure your personal settings and personalize your experience by creating stations or favorites. We recommend you do this at home or outside of your vehicle.

296

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

To Access Using the SYNC Menu

Press the Mobile Apps button to access the menu on-screen. Then select:

Action and DescriptionMenu Item

Scroll through the list ofFind

Action and DescriptionMenu Item

available applications and select a particular app.

Mobile Apps

Note: If you cannot find a compatible SYNC AppLink app, make sure the required app is running on the mobile device.

To Access Using Voice Commands

Press the voice button then when prompted say:

Action and DescriptionVoice Command

Say the name of the application after the tone. The app should start. When an app is running through SYNC, you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the

app, for example «Play Playlist Road Trip».

Mobile Applications

SYNC lists all of the currently available mobile apps.List Applications

Searches your connected mobile device for SYNC-compatible mobile apps.

Find Applications

Use this command to discover the available voice commands.Help

App Permissions App permissions are organized by groups. You can grant these group permissions individually. You can change a permission group status any time when not driving, by using the settings menu.

When you launch an app using SYNC, the system may ask you to grant certain permissions, for example: To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle

information to the app such as, but not limited to: Fuel level, fuel economy, fuel consumption, engine speed, rain sensor, odometer, VIN, external temperature, gear position, tire pressure, and head lamp status.

To allow your vehicle to provide driving characteristic information such as, but not limited to: MyKey, seat belt status, engine revolutions per minute, gear position, braking events, steering wheel angle, and accelerator pedal position.

297

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

To allow your vehicle to provide location information, including: GPS and speed.

To allow the app to send push notifications using the vehicle display and voice capabilities while running in a background state. Push notifications may be particularly useful for news or location based apps.

Note: You only need to grant permissions the first time you use an app with SYNC. Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for any damages or loss of privacy relating to usage of an app, or dissemination of any vehicle data that you approve Ford to provide to an app.

Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC requires user consent to send and receive app authorization information and updates using the data plan associated with the connected device. Data is sent to Ford in the United States through the connected device. The information is encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous usage statistics and debugging information. Updates may take place automatically. Note: You must enable mobile apps for each connected device the first time you select a mobile app using the system. Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is not responsible for any additional charges you may receive from your service provider, when your vehicle sends or receives data through the connected device. This includes any additional charges incurred due to driving in areas when roaming out of a home network.

USING SYNC WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER SYNC supports digital media sources including: iPod, Bluetooth devices, and most USB drives. SYNC also supports audio formats, such as MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.

Media Sources The AUX button allows you to view and select available media sources. Press the AUX button to view your sources. Use the directional arrows and OK button to select your source. You can also use the steering wheel audio controls.

Audio Voice Commands Press the voice button. You can do things like play a specific song or album, skip to the next song,

or tune to a radio station. When prompted, say a command. See the following table for example commands. Not all commands may be available on your vehicle.

Command

___ List of Commands

Help

Pause

Play

Next Track

Previous Track

AM ___

FM ___

CD Player

298

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

Command

Sirius Channel ___

USB

Bluetooth Audio

__ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the name of anything, such as an artist, station, or media source.

SYNC TROUBLESHOOTING Your SYNC system is easy to use. However, should questions arise, see the tables below.

Use your regional Ford website at any time to check your phone’s compatibility, register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat (during certain hours).

Website(s)Market

www.SYNCMyRide.comNorth America www.SYNCMyRide.ca

www.sync- maroute.ca

Phone issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

Review your phone’s manual about audio adjustments.

The audio control settings on your phone may be

affecting SYNC perform- ance.

There is excessive back- ground noise during a phone

call.

Try turning off the device, resetting the device,

removing the device’s battery, then trying again.

This may be a possible phone malfunction.

During a call, I can hear the other person but they

cannot hear me.

Go to the website to review your phone’s compatibility.

This is a phone-dependent feature.

SYNC is not able to down- load my phonebook.

Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device’s

battery, then trying again.

Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature.This may be a possible

phone malfunction. Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the

website.

299

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

Phone issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature.

This may be a limitation on your phone’s capability.

The system says Phonebook Downloaded but the

phonebook in SYNC is empty or missing contacts.

If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card, try moving them to the device

memory.

Remove any pictures or special ring tones associ-

ated with the missing contact.

Depending upon your phone, you may have to grant SYNC permission to access your

phonebook contacts. Make sure to confirm when

prompted by your phone during the phonebook

download.

Go to the website to review your phone’s compatibility.

This is a phone-dependent feature.

I am having trouble connecting my phone to

SYNC.

Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device’s

battery, then trying again.

Try deleting your device from SYNC, deleting SYNC from your device and trying

again.

Check the security and auto accept and prompt always settings relative to the SYNC

Bluetooth connection on your phone.This may be a possible

phone malfunction. Update your device’s firm- ware.

Turn off the Auto phone- book download setting.

300

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

Phone issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

Go to the website to review your phone’s compatibility.

This is a phone-dependent feature.

Text messaging is not working on SYNC. Try turning off the device,

resetting the device or removing the device’s

battery, then trying again.

This may be a possible phone malfunction.

Press the Phone button to return to the Phone menu.

You are on the Select a Character screen.

I cannot return to the Phone menu when selecting a

contact.

USB and media issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

Try turning off the device, resetting the device,

removing the device’s battery, then trying again.

This may be a possible device malfunction.

I am having trouble connecting my device.

Make sure you are using the manufacturer’s cable.

Make sure you insert the USB cable correctly into the

device and the USB port.

Make sure that the device does not have an auto-

install program or active security settings.

Make sure you are not leaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or

cold temperatures. This is a device limitation.

SYNC does not recognize my device when I turn on the

car.

Review the device compatib- ility chart on the SYNC

website to confirm your phone supports the

Bluetooth audio streaming function.

This is a phone-dependent feature.

Bluetooth audio does not stream.

301

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

USB and media issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

Make sure you correctly connect the device to SYNC, and that you have pressed

play on your device. The device is not connected.

Make sure that all song details are populated.

Your music files may not contain the correct artist, song title, album or genre

information. SYNC does not recognize

music that is on my device. The file may be corrupted.

Some devices require you to change the USB settings

from mass storage to MTP class.

The song may have copy- right protection, which does

not allow it to play.

Switch radio bands and return to Sirius or switch the

feature off. You can then change the Sirius station

using the directional buttons.

Sirius Replay is active.I cannot change the Sirius station.

Voice command issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

Review the phone voice commands and the media

voice commands at the beginning of their respective

sections.

You may be using the wrong voice commands.

SYNC does not understand what I am saying. After pressing the voice icon,

wait until after the tone sounds and Listening

appears before saying a command. Any command

spoken before this does not register with the system.

You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time.

Review the media voice commands at the beginning

of the media section. You may be using the wrong

voice commands. SYNC does not understand the name of a song or artist.

302

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

Voice command issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

Say the song or artist exactly as listed. If you say

«Play Artist Prince», the system does not play music by Prince and the Revolution

or Prince and the New Power Generation.

You may be saying the name differently than the

way you saved it. Make sure you are saying the

complete title, such as «California remix featuring

Jennifer Nettles».

If the song titles are in all CAPS, you have to spell

them. LOLA requires you to say «L-O-L-A».The system may not be

reading the name the same way you are saying it. Do not use special charac-

ters in the title. The system does not recognize them.

Review the Phone voice commands at the beginning

of the phone section.

You may be using the wrong voice commands.

SYNC does not understand or is calling the wrong

contact when I want to make a call.

Make sure you are saying the contacts exactly as they are

listed. For example, if you save a contact as Joe Wilson, say «Call Joe

Wilson».

Using the SYNC phone menu, open the phonebook

and scroll to the name SYNC is having trouble

understanding. SYNC will read the name to you, giving

you some idea of the pronunciation SYNC is

expecting.

You may be saying the name differently than the

way you saved it.

303

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

Voice command issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

The system works better if you list full names, such as

«Joe Wilson» rather than «Joe».

The system may not be reading the name the same

way you are saying it.

Do not use special charac- ters, such as 123 or ICE, as

the system does not recog- nize them.

Contacts in your phonebook may be very short and

similar, or they may contain special characters.

If a contact is in CAPS, you have to spell it. JAKE

requires you to say «Call J- A-K-E».

Your phonebook contacts may be in CAPS.

AppLink issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

Ensure you have a compat- ible smartphone; an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or an iPhone 3GS or newer with

iOS 5.0 or higher. Addition- ally, ensure your phone isAn AppLink capable phone

is not connected to SYNC.

AppLink Mobile Applica- tions: When I select «Find

New Apps,» SYNC does not find any applications.

paired and connected to SYNC in order to find

AppLink-capable apps on your device. iPhone users

must also connect to SYNC’s USB port with an

Apple USB cable.

Ensure you have down- loaded and installed the latest version of the app

from your phone’s app store. Ensure the app is running on

your phone. Some apps

AppLink-enabled apps are not installed and running on

your mobile device. My phone is connected, but I still cannot find any apps.

require you to register or

304

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

AppLink issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

login on the app on the phone before using them with AppLink. Also, some may have a «Ford SYNC»

setting, so check the app’s settings menu on the phone.

Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC find the application if you cannot

discover it inside the vehicle. On an Android device, if

apps have an «Exit’ or ‘Quit’

Sometime apps do not properly close and re-open their connection to SYNC,

over ignition cycles, for example.

My phone is connected, my app(s) are running, but I still

cannot find any apps.

option, select that then restart the app. If the app does not have that option,

you can also manually «Force Close» the app by

going to the phone’s settings menu, selecting ‘Apps.’ then

finding the particular app and choosing ‘Force stop.’ Don’t forget to restart the

app afterwards, then select «Find New Apps» on SYNC.

On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an app, double tab the home button then

swipe up on the app to close it. Tab the home button

again, then select the app again to restart it. After a

few seconds, the app should then appear in SYNC’s

Mobile App’s Menu.

Reset the Bluetooth on your phone by turning it off and

then turning Bluetooth back on. If you are in your vehicle,

SYNC should be able to automatically re-connect to your phone if you press the

«Phone» button.

There is a Bluetooth bug on some older versions of the Android operating system that may cause apps that

were found on your previous vehicle drive to not be found again if you have not turned

off Bluetooth.

My Android phone is connected, my app(s) are running, I restarted them, but I still cannot find any

apps.

305

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

AppLink issues

Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue

Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait a moment,

and plug the USB cable back in to the phone. After a few seconds, the app should

appear in SYNC’s Mobile Apps Menu. If not, «Force

Close» the application and restart it.

The USB connection to SYNC may need to be reset.

My iPhone phone is connected, my app is

running, I restarted the app but I still cannot find it on

SYNC.

Try increasing the Bluetooth volume of the device by

using the device’s volume control buttons which are most often found on the

side of the device.

The bluetooth volume on the phone may be low.

I have an Android phone. I found and started my media app on SYNC, but there is no sound or the sound is very

low.

Force close or uninstall the apps you do not want SYNC to find. If the app has a «Ford SYNC» setting, disable that setting in the app’s settings

menu on the phone.

Some Android devices have a limited number of

bluetooth ports apps can use to connect. If you have more AppLink apps on your phone than the number of available Bluetooth ports, you will not see all of your

apps listed in SYNC’s mobile apps menu.

I can only see some of the AppLink apps running on my

phone listed in SYNC’s Mobile Apps Menu.

SYNC System Reset

The SYNC system in your vehicle has System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any information previously stored in the system (Such as paired devices, phonebook, call history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold the Seek Up (>>) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. Release both buttons after 2-3 seconds. Please allow a few minutes for the reset to complete. After a few minutes has passed you can resume using the SYNC

system.

306

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Getting to Know Your System The SYNC 3 system allows you to interact with a variety of features using the touchscreen and voice commands. By integrating with your Bluetooth-enabled phone, the touchscreen provides easy interaction with audio, multimedia, climate control, navigation, and your phone’s SYNC AppLink.

Using the Touchscreen To operate the touchscreen, you can simply touch the item or option that you want to select. The button highlights when you select it. The SYNC 3 layout allows you to quickly select the feature you wish to use.

307

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem

This bar displays icons and messages pertaining to current system activities including climate settings, voice commands and phone functions such as text messages.

Status BarA

This button is available on the main screens. Pressing it takes you to the home screen view.

HomeB

This shows the current time. You can set the clock manually or have it controlled by the vehicle’s GPS location. See Settings (page 353).

ClockC

This displays the current outside temperature.Outside Temperature

D

You can touch any of the buttons on this bar to select a feature.

Feature BarE

The touchscreen allows you quick access to all of your comfort, navigation, communication and entertainment options. Using the status and feature bar you can quickly select the feature you want to use. Note: Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off (and no doors open).

The Status Bar Additional icons also display in the status bar depending on market, vehicle options and current operation. If a feature is not active, the icon does not display. Certain icons may move to the left or right depending on what options are active.

308

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

DescriptionItemCallout

This icon displays when your phone’s microphone is muted. A caller cannot hear you.

Microphone MuteA

This icon displays when the audio system is muted.MuteB

This icon displays when SYNC 3 has received a soft- ware update. Pressing the icon will show more details about the new software.

DownloadC

This icon displays when the system is connected to a Wi-Fi network.

Wi-FiD

This icon displays when an available Wi-Fi network is within range.

Wi-Fi in RangeE

This icon displays when your cell phone is roaming.RoamingF

This icon displays when you receive a text message on your phone.

Text MessageG

309

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

DescriptionItemCallout

This icon displays when 911 Assist is set to off and your phone is connected to SYNC.

911 Assist OffH

This icon displays when there is an active Bluetooth alert.

Bluetooth AlertI

This icon displays to show an active Bluetooth connection.

BluetoothJ

Messages may also appear in the status bar to provide you with notifications. You can select the message to view the associated feature.

Feature Bar

FunctionsFeature Bar Item

Allows you to control the media playing in your vehicle. You can control all audio features including AM, FM and satellite radio and media streaming over a Bluetooth device or through a USB connection.

Audio

Allows you to make calls, receive calls, and access the phonebook of your connected device.

Phone

Allows you to see your vehicle’s location on a virtual road map, get driving directions to your destination and find points of interest along your route.

Navigation

(If equipped)

Connect and control SYNC 3 compatible apps running on your iPhone or Android device. Also, access built-in additional features such as SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (if equipped).

Apps

You can customize your system with various settings for the touchscreen display, feature preferences, and how you want to interact with your vehicle.

Settings

310

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Cleaning the Touchscreen You can remove fingerprints with a dry, clean, soft cloth. If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen, apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth and try to clean it again. Note: Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the touchscreen. Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the touchscreen.

Using Voice Recognition Using voice commands allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and eyes on the road. The system provides feedback through audible tones, prompts, questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction (voice settings). The system also asks short questions (confirmation prompts) when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request. When using voice commands, words and icons may appear in the status bar indicating the status of the voice command session. See Using Voice Recognition (page 291).

Using the Steering Wheel Controls Depending on your vehicle and option package, you can use different controls on your steering wheel to interact with the touchscreen system in different ways. VOL: Control the volume of audio output. Voice: Press to start a voice session. Press again to stop the voice prompt and immediately begin speaking. Press and hold to end a voice session.

SEEK NEXT: While in radio mode, press to seek

between memory presets or press and hold to fast seek.

While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD mode, press to seek between songs or press and hold to fast seek.

SEEK PREVIOUS: While in radio mode, press to seek

between memory presets or press and hold to fast seek.

While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD mode, press to seek between songs or press and hold to fast seek.

PHONE ACCEPT: Press to answer a call or switch between calls. PHONE REJECT: Press to end a call or reject an incoming call. Note: On some models, SEEK NEXT may be combined with PHONE REJECT and SEEK PREVIOUS may be combined with PHONE ACCEPT. See Steering Wheel (page 65).

Using Your Bezel Controls Depending on your vehicle and option package, you may also have these controls on your instrument panel: Power or VOL: Press to switch the

audio system on and off, or turn to adjust the volume.

Sound Settings: Press to access the audio settings.

Seek: Press to seek through radio stations or audio tracks.

Play or Pause: Press to either play or pause a track.

Tune: Turn to manually tune radio stations.

Display: Press to switch the display on or off.

311

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

911 Assist WARNINGS

Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash, the system will not dial for help which could delay

response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash.

Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself. Dial emergency services

immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash, the system or phone may be damaged or non-functional.

Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged

in a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly.

Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident. Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number. Note: Before setting this feature on, make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information. Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off, that setting applies for all paired phones. If 911 Assist is switched off and the phone is connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the status bar. Note: Every phone operates differently. While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones, some may have trouble using this feature.

If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature, by visiting:

Website

www.owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca www.syncmaroute.ca

For important information about airbag deployment and the fuel pump shut-off please see the Supplementary Restrains and Roadside Emergencies sections of your owner manual. To switch 911 Assist on and off please view the settings information. See Settings (page 353). To make sure that 911 Assist works correctly: SYNC must be powered and working

properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use.

The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident.

You must pair and connect a Bluetooth-enabled and compatible cell phone to SYNC.

A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident.

A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have adequate network coverage, battery power and signal strength.

The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number.

312

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses its connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC will search for and try to connect to a previously paired cell phone; SYNC will then attempt to call the emergency services. Before making the call: SYNC provides a short window of time

(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call. If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC attempts to dial 911.

SYNC says the following, or a similar message: «SYNC will attempt to call 911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel.»

If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC makes a successful call, a pre-recorded message plays for the 911 operator, and then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator. Be prepared to provide your name, phone number and location immediately, because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically.

911 Assist May Not Work If Your cellular phone or 911 Assist

hardware sustains damage in a crash. The vehicle’s battery or the SYNC

system has no power. The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle

are the ones paired and connected to the system.

911 Assist Privacy Notice When you switch on 911 Assist, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not switch the feature on.

Safety Information WARNING

Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Do not attempt to service or repair the system. Have an authorized dealer check your vehicle.

Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken, split or damaged. Place cords and cables out of the way, so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals, seats, compartments or safe driving abilities.

313

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage. See your device’s user guide for further information.

For your safety, some SYNC 3 functions are speed-dependent. Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h). Make sure that you review your device’s manual before using it with SYNC 3.

Speed-restricted Features Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while your vehicle is moving so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary.

Screens crowded with information, such as Point of Interest reviews and ratings, SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link sports scores, movie times or ski conditions.

Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted, such as entering a navigation destination or editing information.

All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries (such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries).

See the following chart for more specific examples.

Restricted features

Pairing a Bluetooth phone.Cellular Phone

Browsing of list entries is limited for phone contacts and recent phone calls.

Editing the keypad code.System Functionality

Enabling Valet Mode.

Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park assist are active (If equipped).

Editing Wi-Fi settings.Wi-Fi

Editing the list of wireless networks.

Connecting to a new Wi-Fi network.

Viewing received text messages.Text Messages

Using the keyboard to enter a destination.Navigation

Adding or editing Navigation Favorites entries or Avoid Areas.

Creating an Owner Account Why do I need an owner account?

314

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Essential for keeping up with the latest software and connected features.

Access to customer support for any questions you may have.

Maintain account permissions. Visit the website to sign up and register.

Website

www.owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca www.syncmaroute.ca

SYNC Connect (If Equipped)

With a SYNC Connect-equipped vehicle, you can use FordPass to track your vehicles location and remotely access vehicle features such as start, lock and unlock and vehicle status including fuel level and approximate mileage. You can also schedule specific times to remotely start your vehicle so it is ready to hit the road as soon as you are. SYNC Connect is an optional feature on select vehicles. FordPass is available through a free download via the Apple App Store or Google Play. Message and data rates may apply. Services may be limited by mobile phone network coverage area. FCC: LHJ-FANW IC: 2807E-FANW

Updating Your System You can choose to download the update onto a USB drive or use Wi-Fi to deliver automatic updates.

USB Updates To use the USB update you need to log into your owner account and visit the SYNC software update page.

Website

www.owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca www.syncmaroute.ca

The website notifies you if an update is available. You can then select to download the update. You will need an empty USB drive. Please check the website for minimum requirements. Once you have inserted the USB drive into your computer, choose to start the download. Follow the instructions provided to download the files to the USB drive. To install the update in your vehicle, remove anything that is plugged in the USB ports on the media hub and plug in the USB drive containing the update. When the USB drive is plugged in, the installation should begin immediately. After a successful installation, the update is available the next time the vehicle is started. The installation of most files occurs in the background, and does not interrupt your use of the system. Navigation updates cannot be installed in the background, because the files are too large. Please refer to the website for any further actions.

Updating Over Wi-Fi To update your System over Wi-Fi your vehicle must be within the range of a Wi-Fi access point. Data rates may apply.

315

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

To enable automatic updates using Wi-Fi, select:

Menu Item

Settings

Wi-fi & Hotspot

System Wi-Fi

You can then select your Wi-Fi network. You may have to enter the security code if the network is secured. The system confirms when it has connected to the network.

Available Wi-Fi Networks

You must also give the system permission to update automatically. Upon vehicle delivery, the System asks you if you would like to use the automatic update feature. If you agree to automatic updates, you can press OK to confirm. If this selection does not appear upon vehicle delivery you can access it through the General Settings. See Settings (page 353). You can also perform a master reset. See SYNC 3 Troubleshooting (page 367).

If you would like to switch this feature on later, select:

Menu Item

Settings

General

From this menu, you can enable automatic updates. If you have not done so already, the system prompts you to set up a Wi-Fi connection when you enable this feature.

Automatic System Updates

When Wi-Fi and automatic updates are enabled, your system checks for software updates periodically. If a new version is available, it downloads at that time. Software downloads can take place for up to 30 minutes after you have switched your vehicle off. The updates do not interrupt the normal use of your SYNC 3 system. If a download does not complete for any reason, the download continues where it left off at the next Wi-Fi connected opportunity. Upon activation of an update, a banner displays on the touchscreen indicating the system update. Select the icon to see more detail. This icon displays for two ignition cycles.

To switch this feature off:

Menu Item

Settings

General

In this menu selection, you can change the selection for automatic updates to OFF.

Automatic System Updates

Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you are not able to answer on your own. Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-8:00pm EST. Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST. United States: 1-800-392-3673. Canada: 1-800-565-3673. Times are subject to change due to holidays.

316

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Privacy Information When you connect a cellular phone to SYNC 3, the system creates a profile within your vehicle that links to that cellular phone. This profile helps in offering you more cellular features and operating more efficiently. Among other things, this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book, text messages (read and unread), and call history, including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system. In addition, if you connect a media device, the system creates and retains an index of supported media content. The system also records a short diagnostic log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur.

The cellular profile, media device index, and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected. If you sell or transfer your vehicle, we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information. You can find more information about the Master Reset in General Settings. See Settings (page 353). System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle’s SYNC 3 module. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent, a court order, or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities, or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada.

HOME SCREEN

317

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Home screen displayTileItem

Shows the active media source.AudioA If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the compass.

The name of the connected phone appears on the screen. The status of the phone features also appear. This includes signal strength, battery charge, 911 assist setting state (On or Off), text messaging and roaming.

PhoneB

This map displays your current location or current route in real time.

*NavigationC

When you have navigation active, you also see the next turn and the length of time and distance to your destination. If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains the audio information.

* If equipped.

318

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

You can touch any of the feature displays to access that feature. Anytime you select the home button, the system returns you to this screen.

USING VOICE RECOGNITION The SYNC 3 system allows you to use voice commands, to control features like audio and phone. By using voice commands, you can keep your hands on the wheel and your eyes on the road.

You can access each feature controlled by SYNC 3 through a variety of commands.

To activate the SYNC 3 voice commands push the voice button on the steering wheel and

wait for the prompt.

___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it can be the name of anything, such as artist, the name of contact or number. The context and the description of the command tell you what to say for this dynamic option. There are some commands that work for every feature, these commands are:

Action and DescriptionVoice Command

Brings you to the main menu.Main Menu

Returns you to the previous screen.Go back

Ends the voice session.Cancel

Gives you a list of possible voice commands.List of Commands

You can name any feature and the system gives a list of commands available for the feature. For example, you could say:

___ List of Commands

Phone List of Commands

Navigation List of Commands

You can use this command to view the next page of options on any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.

Next Page

You can use this command to view the previous page of options on any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.

Previous Page

Gives you available commands you can use on the current screen.

Help

Included here are some of the most popular commands for each SYNC 3 feature.

Audio Voice Commands ___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for audio voice commands it can be the name of a Sirius channel or a channel number, a radio frequency number, or the name of a artist, album, song or a genre.

319

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

To control the media features, press the voice button and when prompted, say:

DescriptionVoice command

You can say the Sirius channel name or number such as «Sirius channel 16».

*Sirius Channel ___

You can also turn to a Sirius channel by saying the channel’s name, such as «The Pulse».

Allows you to tune to a specific FM or AM frequency such as «88.7 FM» or «1580 AM».

AM ___

FM ___

Allows you to tune to a specific HD frequency such as 88.7 FM HD 1.

*FM ___ HD ___

Allows you to listen to music on your Bluetooth- connected device.

Bluetooth Audio

Allows you to listen to music on your USB connected device.

USB

For USB audio only, you can say the name of an artist, album, song or a genre to listen to that selection. Your system must finish indexing before this option is available. For example, you could say «Play artist, The Beatles» or «Play song, Penny Lane».

Play Genre ___

Play Playlist ___

Play Artist ___

Play Album ___

Play Podcast ___

Play Song ___

Play Audiobook ___

For USB audio only, you can say the name of an artist, album, or a genre to browse by that selec- tion. Your system must finish indexing before this option is available. For example you can say «Browse The Beatles» or «Browse folk».

Browse ___

* This option may not be available in all markets or may require a subscription.

Phone Voice Commands Pairing a Phone You can use voice commands to connect your Bluetooth-enabled phone to the system.

320

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

To pair your phone, press the voice button and when prompted, say:

DescriptionVoice command

Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the pairing process. See Settings (page 353).

Pair Phone

Making Calls ___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for phone voice commands it can be the name of the contact you wish to call or the digits you want to dial.

Press the voice button and say a command similar to the following:

DescriptionVoice command

Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook such as «Call Jenny».

Call ___

Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook at a specific location such as «Call Jenny at Home».

Call ___ at ___

Allows you to dial a specific number such as Dial 867-5309.Dial ___

Please make sure that you are saying the contact name exactly as it appears in your contact list.

Once you have provided the digits of the phone number, you can say the following commands:

DescriptionVoice Command

If the full number was not entered with the first command, you can continue saying the number.

<0-9>

Tells SYNC 3 to make the phone call.Dial

Tells SYNC 3 to erase the last block of digits stated.Delete

Tells SYNC 3 to erase the entire number.Clear

321

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Text Message Voice Commands

To access text message options, press the voice button and say:

DescriptionVoice command

Listen to Message

You can say the number of the message you would like to hear.

Listen to text message ___

Reply to Message

Navigation Voice Commands (If

Equipped)

Setting a Destination You can use any of the following commands to set a destination or find a point of interest.

___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for navigation voice commands it can be a POI category or an address.

You can find an address, a point of interest (POI), or search for points of interest by category:

DescriptionVoice command

Allows you to enter the address search functionality.Find an Address

State the name of the POI category you would like to search for such as «Find restaurants».

Find a ___

Allows you to enter the POI search functionality.Find POI

Allows you to enter the intersection search functionality.Find Intersection

State the name of the POI category you would like to search for nearby such as «Destination nearest restaurants».

Destination Nearest ___

Allows you to see a list of your previous destinations.Destination Previous Destination

Allows you to route to your home address.Destination Home

322

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

In addition, you can say these commands when a route is active:

DescriptionVoice command

Cancels the current route.Cancel Route

Allows you to select an alternate route.Detour

Repeats the last guidance prompt.Repeat Instruction

Shows the current route.Show Route

Provides current location.Where Am I

Allows you to zoom in on the map.Zoom in

Allows you to zoom out from the map.Zoom out

Mobile App Voice Commands (If Equipped)

The following voice commands are always available:

DescriptionVoice command

SYNC 3 will prompt you to say the name of an app to start it on SYNC 3.

Mobile Apps

SYNC 3 will list all of the currently available Mobile Apps.List Mobile Apps

SYNC 3 will search and connect to compatible app(s) running on your mobile device.

Find Mobile Apps

There are also voice commands that you can use when app(s) are connected to SYNC 3:

DescriptionVoice command

At any time, you can say the name of a mobile app to start the mobile app on SYNC 3.

Say the name of an app

SYNC 3 will list the available voice commands for the specified app if the app is running on SYNC 3.

Say the name of an app, followed by help

323

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link Voice Commands (If Equipped)

SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may not be available in all markets. Activation and a subscription are required.

You can say the following commands to access SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link:

DescriptionVoice command

Displays a list of traffic incidents.Show Traffic

Displays the current weather map.Show Weather Map

Displays a list of fuel prices.Show Fuel Prices

Displays the 5 day weather forecast.Show 5 Day Fore- cast

Help

Voice Settings Commands You can say the following commands to access the voice settings:

DescriptionVoice command

Allows you to enter the voice settings functionality.Voice Settings

Sets standard prompting with longer prompts.Interaction Mode Standard

Sets advanced prompting with shorter prompts.Interaction Mode Advanced

Allows the system to confirm before making a phone call.Phone Confirmation On

The system does not confirm before placing a call.Phone Confirmation Off

The system displays a short list of available commands.Voice Command Lists On

The system does not display the list of commands.Voice Command Lists Off

You can use the volume control to adjust the volume of the system voice prompts. While prompt is active, adjust the volume control up or down to your desired setting.

324

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Note: Depending on the current climate control settings, the fan speed may automatically go down while issuing voice commands or while making and receiving phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount of background noise in the vehicle. The fan speed will automatically return to normal operation once the voice session ends. Fan speed can also be adjusted normally during a voice session, simply press fan buttons (or turn fan knob) to increase or decrease fan speed to desired setting.

To disable this automatic fan speed reduction feature during voice sessions, press and hold the climate control AC and Recirculated air buttons simultaneously, release and then increase fan speed within 2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat the above sequence.

ENTERTAINMENT

325

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Message and descriptionMessage

SourcesA

Direct TuneB

Browse1C

PresetsD

1If equipped.

You can access these options using the touchscreen or voice commands.

Sources Press this button to select the source of media you want to listen to.

Menu item

AM

FM

The name of the USB that is plugged in displays here.USB

Bluetooth Stereo

If you have SYNC 3 compatible apps on your connected smart phone, they display here as individual source selections.

Apps

AM/FM Radio Tuning a Station You can use the tune or seek controls on the radio bezel to select a station.

To tune a station using the touchscreen, select:

Menu item

Direct Tune

A pop up appears, allowing you to type in the frequency of a station. You can only enter a valid station for the source you are currently listening to. You can press the backspace button to delete the previously entered number.

Once you have entered the station’s call numbers, you can select:

Action and descrip- tion

Menu item

Press to begin playing the station you have entered.

Enter

Press to exit without changing the station.

Cancel

Presets To set a new preset, tune to the station and then press and hold one of the memory preset buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the system saves the station and then returns.

326

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

There are two preset banks available for AM and three banks for FM. To access additional presets, tap the preset button. The indicator on the preset button shows which bank of presets you are currently viewing.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio (If Activated) Note: This feature may not be available in all markets and requires an active subscription.

SiriusXM satellite radio is a subscription-based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music, sports, news, weather, traffic and entertainment programming. Your factory-installed SiriusXM satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for availability. For more information on extended subscription terms (a service fee is required), the online media player and a list of SiriusXM satellite radio channels, and other features, please visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474. Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted right to change, rearrange, add or delete programming. This includes canceling, moving or adding particular channels, and its prices, at any time, with or without notice to you. Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes. Note: This receiver includes the eCos real-time operating system. eCos is published under the eCos License.

The following buttons are available for SiriusXM:

Action and descriptionMenu item

Touch this button to see a list of available stations.Browse

A pop-up appears, allowing you to type in the call numbers of a station.

Direct Tune

Once you enter the stations call numbers, you can select:

The system tunes to the station you select.Enter

You exit the pop-up and the current station continues to play.

Cancel

You can press the backspace button to delete the previous number.

327

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Action and descriptionMenu item

Replay audio on the current channel. You can replay approx- imately 45 minutes of audio as long as you remain tuned to the current station. Changing stations erases the previous audio.

Replay

When you are in replay mode, you are not able to select a different preset until you return to live audio. Pressing this button returns you to the live broadcast.

Live

Save the current song, artist, or team as a favorite. The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel.

ALERT

Selecting this button allows you to enable and edit alerts. See Settings (page 353).

Memory Presets To set a preset, tune to the station then press and hold one of the memory preset buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the system saves the station and returns once the station is stored.

There are three preset banks available for SiriusXM. To access additional presets, tap the preset button. The indicator on the preset button shows which bank of presets you are currently viewing.

Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number (ESN) You need your ESN to activate, modify or track your satellite radio account. See Settings (page 353).

SiriusXM Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting

Potential reception issues

For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible.

Antenna obstructions

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunder- storms can interfere with your reception.

Terrain

When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute.

Station overload

Your display may show ACQUIRING… to indicate the interfer- ence and the audio system may mute.

Satellite radio signal interference

328

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Troubleshooting tips

ActionCauseMessage

No action required. This message should disappear shortly.

Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel.

Acquiring Signal

If this message does not clear shortly, or with an ignition key cycle, your receiver may have a fault. See an authorized dealer for service.

There is an internal module or system failure present.

Satellite antenna fault

SIRIUS system failure

Tune to another channel or choose another preset.

The channel is no longer avail- able.

Invalid Channel

Contact SiriusXM at 1-888- 539-7474 to subscribe to the channel, or tune to another channel.

Your subscription does not include this channel.

Unsubscribed Channel

The signal is blocked. When you move into an open area, the signal should return.

The signal is lost from the Siri- usXM satellite or SiriusXM tower to your vehicle antenna.

Satellite acquiring signal

No action required. The process may take up to three minutes.

Update of channel program- ming in progress.

Updating

Contact SiriusXM at 1-888- 539-7474 to resolve subscrip- tion issues.

Your satellite service is no longer available.

Questions? Call 1- 888-539-7474

Use the channel guide to turn off the Lock or Skip function on that station.

All the channels in the selected category are either skipped or locked.

None found. Check channel guide.

No action required.SiriusXM has updated the channels available for your vehicle.

SIRIUS Subscription updated

HD Radio Information (If Available) Note: This feature may not be available in all markets.

To activate HD radio, please see the Radio Settings in the Settings Chapter. See Settings (page 353). Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets.

329

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts (where available) in addition to the analog broadcasts, it already receives. Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free, crystal-clear audio and no static or distortion. For more information, and a guide to available stations and programming, please visit:

Website

www.hdradio.com

When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology, you may notice the following indicators on your screen:

The HD logo is grey when acquiring a digital station, and then changes to orange when digital audio is playing. When this logo is available, you may also see Title and Artist fields on-screen. The multicast indicator appears in FM mode (only) if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts. The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available. HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts. Other multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are only available digitally. Note: There is also an additional feature for stations that have more than 1 HD multicast (For example, HD1 or HD2). The HD logo and Radio text appears as a button. Pressing this button allows you cycle through all of the HD stations on that specific frequency. For example, if you are on 101.1 and it has HD1, HD2, HD3, pressing the button repeatedly causes the radio to cycle through the HD stations in a cyclic increasing order.

When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions:

Action and descriptionMessage

Allows you to save an active channel as a memory preset. Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound returns when the channel saves. When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital signal.

Presets

Note: As with any station you save, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the stations reception area.

330

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting

Potential reception issues

If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to weak signal strength.

Reception area

If you are listening to HD1, the system changes back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again.

When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2- HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound.

Station blending

In order to provide the best possible experience, use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology. Independent entities own and operate each station. These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate.

Potential station issues

ActionCauseIssues

No action required. This is a broadcast issue.

This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster.

Echo, stutter, skip or repeat in audio. Increase or decrease in audio volume.

No action required. The recep- tion issue may clear up as you continue to drive.

The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio.

Sound fading or blending in and out.

No action required. This is normal behavior. Wait until the audio is available.

The digital multicast is not available until the HD Radio broadcast is decoded. Once decoded, the audio is available.

There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3, multicast preset or Direct Tune.

331

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Potential station issues

ActionCauseIssues

No action required. The station is not available in your current location.

The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current recep- tion area.

Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or from a direct tune.

Fill out the station issue form.1Data service issue by the radio broadcaster.

Text information does not match currently playing audio.

Fill out the station issue form. 1

Data service issue by the radio broadcaster.

There is no text information shown for currently selected frequency.

1 You can find the form here:

Website

http://hdradio.com/stations/feedback

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from DTS Inc. and foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of DTS Inc. Ford Motor Company and DTS Inc. are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology. Content may be changed, added or deleted at any time at the station owner’s discretion.

Bluetooth Stereo or USB Bluetooth Stereo and USB allow you to access media that you store on your Bluetooth device or USB device such as music, audio books or podcasts.

The following buttons are available for Bluetooth and USB:

FunctionButton

Pressing the repeat button toggles the repeat setting through three modes: repeat off (button not highlighted), repeat all (button highlighted) and repeat track (button highlighted with a small number one).

Repeat

Play the tracks in random order.Shuffle

You can use the forward, reverse, pause or play buttons to control the audio playback.

To get more information about the currently playing track, press the cover art or Info button.

332

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

For some devices, SYNC 3 is able to provide 30-second skip buttons when you listen to audio books or podcasts. These buttons allow you to skip forward or

backward within a track. While playing audio from a USB device you can look for certain music by selecting the following:

FunctionButton

If available, displays the list of tracks in the Now Playing playlist.

Browse

This option, which is available under browse, allows you to play all tracks or to filter the available media into one of the below categories.

New Search

Play All

Playlists

Artist

Albums

Songs

Genres

Podcasts

Audio Books

Composers

This button allows you to choose a specific letter to view within the category you are browsing.

A-Z Jump

If available, this allows you to browse the folders and files on your USB device.

Explore Device

333

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

USB Port

The USB port is in the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel. This feature allows you to plug in USB media devices, memory sticks, flash drives or thumb drives, and charge devices if they support this feature. Select this option to play audio from your USB device.

Apps The system supports the use of certain audio apps such as iHeartRadio through a USB or bluetooth-enabled device. Each app gives you different on-screen options depending on the app’s content.

Supported Media Players, Formats and Metadata Information The system is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player, including iPod, iPhone, and most USB drives. Supported audio formats include MP3, WMA, WAV, AAC, and FLAC. Supported audio file extensions include MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and FLAC. Supported USB file systems include: FAT, exFAT, and NTFS.

SYNC 3 is also able to organize the media from your USB device by metadata tags. Metadata tags, which are descriptive software identifiers embedded in the media files, provide information about the file. If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in these metadata tags, SYNC 3 may classify the empty metadata tags as unknown. SYNC 3 is capable of indexing up to 50,000 songs per USB device, for up to 10 devices.

PHONE

WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Hands-free calling is one of the main features of the system. Once you pair your cell phone, you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands. While the system supports a variety of features, many are dependent on your cell phones functionality.

Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First Time Pair your Bluetooth-enabled phone with the system before using the functions in hands-free mode.

334

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Switch on Bluetooth on your device to begin pairing. See your phones manual if necessary.

To add a phone, select:

Menu Item

Add a Bluetooth Device

1. Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. A prompt alerts you to search for the

system on your phone. 3. Select your vehicle’s make and model

as it displays on your phone. 4. Confirm that the six-digit number

appearing on your phone matches the six-digit number on the touchscreen.

5. The touchscreen indicates when the pairing is successful.

6. Your phone may prompt you to give the system permission to access information. To check your phones compatibility, see your phones manual or visit the website.

Alternatively, to add a phone, select:

Menu Item

Add a Bluetooth Device

Then select:

Discover Other Bluetooth Devices

1. Follow the on-screen instructions. 2. Select your phone’s name when it

appears on the touchscreen. 3. Confirm that the six-digit number

appearing on your phone matches the six-digit number on the touchscreen.

4. The touchscreen indicates when the pairing is successful.

5. Your phone may prompt you to give the system permission to access information. To check your phones compatibility, see your phones manual or visit the website.

At a minimum, most cell phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions: Answering an incoming call. Ending a call. Dialing a number. Call waiting notification. Caller identification. Other features, such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download, are phone-dependent features.

Phone Menu This menu becomes available after pairing a phone.

335

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem

Displays your recent calls.Recent Call List

A You can place a call by selecting an entry from this list. You can also sort the calls by selecting the drop down menu at the top of the screen. You can choose:

MissedOutgoingIncomingAll

All of your contacts from your phone display in alphabet- ical order.

ContactsB

Selecting this button allows you to choose a specific letter to view.

A-Z Jump

Displays the name of your phone and takes you to the phone settings options.

Phone Settings

C

From this menu, you can pair subsequent devices, set ring tones and alerts.

336

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem

Gives you access to the list of paired or connected Bluetooth devices allowing you to change or select a device.

Change Device

D

Displays all recent text messages.Text Messages

E

Use this keypad to dial in a phone number.Phone Keypad

F Use the backspace button to delete numbers.

Press this button to begin a call.

Call

Touch this button to reject all incoming calls automatic- ally. Text message notifications do not display on the screen. All ringtones and alerts are set to silent.

Do Not Disturb

G

Users with phones having voice services may see a button to access the feature. For example, iPhone users see a Siri button. A press and hold of the voice button on the steering wheel also accesses this feature.

Making Calls There are many ways to make calls from the SYNC 3 system, including using voice commands. See Using Voice Recognition (page 319). You can use the touchscreen to place calls as well.

337

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

To call a number in your contacts, select:

Action and DescriptionMenu Item

You can then select the name of the contact you want to call. Any numbers stored for that contact display along with any stored contact photos. You can then select the number that you want to call. The system begins the call.

Contacts

To call a number from your recent calls, select:

Action and DescriptionMenu Item

You can then select an entry that you want to call. The system begins the call.

Recent Call List

To call a number that is not stored in your phone, select:

Action and DescriptionMenu Item

Select the digits of the number you wish to call.

Phone Keypad

The system begins the call.Call

Pressing the backspace button deletes the last digit you typed.

Receiving Calls During an incoming call, an audible tone sounds. Caller information appears in the display if it is available.

To accept the call, select:

Menu Item

Accept Note: You can also accept the call by pressing the phone button on the steering wheel.

To reject the call, select:

Menu Item

Reject Note: You can also reject the call by pressing the phone button on the steering wheel.

Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC 3 logs it as a missed call.

During a Phone Call During a phone call, the contacts name and number display on the screen along with the call duration. The phone status items are also visible: Signal Strength. Battery. You can select any of the following during an active phone call:

338

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Item

Immediately end a phone call. You can also press the button on the steering wheel.

End Call

Press this to access the phone keypad.

Keypad

You can switch the microphone off so the caller does not hear you.

Mute

Item

Privacy Transfer the call to the cell phone or back to SYNC 3.

Text Messaging Note: Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are cell phone-dependent features. Note: Certain features in text messaging are speed-dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph (5 km/h).

Receiving a Text Message

When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop-up with the sender name and ID, if supported by your cell phone. You can select:

Action and DescriptionMenu Item

Have SYNC 3 read the message to you.Hear It

View the text on the touchscreen.View

To call the sender.Call

You can select from 15 preset messages. Press the message that you would like to use and confirm to send the message. SYNC 3 confirms when the message is sent successfully.

Reply

To exit the screen.Close

Smartphone Connectivity (If Equipped)

SYNC 3 allows you to use Apple CarPlay and Android Auto to access your phone. When you use Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you can: Make calls. Send and receive messages. Listen to music. Use your phone’s voice assistant.

Apple CarPlay and Android Auto disable some SYNC 3 features. Most Apple CarPlay and Android Auto features use mobile data.

Apple CarPlay Apple CarPlay requires an iPhone 5 or newer with iOS 7.1 or newer. Updating to the latest iOS version is recommended. 1. Plug your phone into a USB port. See

Entertainment (page 325).

339

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

2. Follow the prompts on the touchscreen.

3. Follow the prompts that appear on your phone to allow access to Apple CarPlay.

After completing the setup, your phone connects to CarPlay automatically when plugged into a USB port.

To disable this feature from the Settings screen, select:

Menu Item

Apple CarPlay Preferences

Your device is listed if SYNC detects Apple CarPlay. Select the name of your device and select:

Disable

To return to SYNC 3, go to the Apple CarPlay home screen and select the SYNC app. Note: Contact Apple for Apple CarPlay support.

Android Auto Android Auto is compatible with most devices with Android 5.0 or newer. 1. Download the Android Auto app to

your device from Google Play to prepare your device (this may require mobile data usage).

Note: The Android Auto App may not be available within your current market. 2. Plug your device into a USB port. See

Entertainment (page 325). 3. Follow the prompt on the touchscreen.

4. Follow the prompts that appear on your device.

Note: You may be prompted to update additional apps on your device (this may require mobile data usage).

To disable this feature from the Settings screen, select:

Menu Item

Android Auto Preferences

Your device is listed if SYNC detects Android Auto. Select the name of your device and select:

Disable

Note: You may need to slide your Settings screen to the left to select Apple CarPlay Preferences or Android Auto Preferences. To return to SYNC 3, select the speedometer icon in the Android Auto menu bar at the bottom of the touchscreen, and then touch the option to return to SYNC. Note: Contact Google for Android Auto support.

NAVIGATION Your navigation system can be shown in three modes, Map Mode, Destination Mode, and Map Search Mode.

Map Mode Map mode appears in 2D or 3D view and shows the current position of your vehicle on the map.

340

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

DescriptionItemCallout

Shows the direction of forward travel to be upward on the screen

Heading up (2D)

Map viewA

Shows the northern direction to be upward on the screen.

North up (2D)

Provides an electrical perspective of the map in the direction of forward travel to be upward on the screen.

3D map mode

Select the zoom in button to see a closer view of the map or change to auto zoom.

Zoom inB

You can also use a pinch gesture to zoom in.

Select the zoom out button to see a farther away view of the map or change to auto zoom.

Zoom out

C

You can also use a pinch gesture to zoom out.

Access the route guidance options including:MenuD

341

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

DescriptionItemCallout

(If Equipped)Traffic ListScreen View

When route guidance is active it shows features including:

DetourRoute overviewCancel Route

Shows all available search options, including:Destina- tion

E

FavoritesPOIsGeneral search

Destination Mode To set a destination, press:

DescriptionMenu Item

Pressing this button (Callout E above) provides a list of different search options for a destination.

Destination

You can then select:

Pressing this button allows you to set a destination using the free text search. More information on this option is available in the next table.

Search

Collections of your last 40 navigation destinations display here.Previous Destina- tions You can select any option from the list to select it as your destination.

Select this option to remove all previous destinations.Delete All

Select to navigate to your set Home destination.Home The time it takes to travel from your current location to Home displays.

To set your Home, press:

A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a favorite for home. Select:

Home

Enter a location into the search bar and press:Yes

Save

Select to navigate to your set Work destination.Work The time it takes to travel from your current location to Work displays.

To set your Work:

342

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

DescriptionMenu Item

A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a favorite for work. Select:

Work

Enter a location into the search bar and press:Yes

Save

Favorites include any location you have previously saved.Favorites To add Favorites:

Select this button and enter a location into the destination bar.

Add a Favorite

Select this option to have the system locate the address you have entered.

Search

Select this button when the address you have entered appears on the screen.

Save

POI categories that may display (based on market and vehicle configuration):

Point of Interest (POI) Categories

Food

Fuel

Hotel

ATM

Press to view additional categories.See All

Inside of these categories you can search by:

Nearby

Along Route

Near Destination

In a City

343

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Free Text Search

DescriptionItemCallout

You can enter a navigation destination in the following formats:

Search barA

Street Address

number street city (country) street number city (country)

Providing the country name is only required when you are entering an address for a country other than the country you are currently located in. Examples: Germany: Henry-Ford-Strae 1 Kln England: CM13 3BW France: 55 Rue du Faubourg Saint-Honor Paris

City

344

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

DescriptionItemCallout

or

ZIP Code

Point of Interest

(name or category)

Intersection

(street 1 / street 2) (street 1 and street 2) (street 1 & street 2) (street 1 @ street 2) (street 1 at street 2)

Latitude and Longitude

(##.###### , ##.######) This is in a decimal degrees format, one to six decimal places are accepted.

Provide more info about the search input.Info IconB

Gives auto suggested destinations to select as you type.Auto SuggestC

A long press on a key provides the variant of the letter if available.

Key pop-upD

Press this button to execute a search.SearchE If your search provides multiple results, SYNC will give you a list of the best matching destinations.

Provides a list of available keyboard layoutsKeyboard switch

F

Route Guidance Mode Once you have chosen your destination it displays on the map and you can select:

Action and DescriptionMenu Item

Select this option to start the route guidance. Per default, SYNC selects the preferred route (the default is to use the fastest route). You can update this in the Navigation settings. See Settings (page 353).

Start

This saves the destination to your favorites.Save

345

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

DescriptionItemCallout

Press the maneuver icon to repeat the next guidance instruction.

Next TurnA

You can choose up to three POI categories to display on the map. If the chosen POIs are close together or are at the same location, a box is used to display a single category icon instead of repeating the same icon, in order to reduce clutter.

Point of InterestB

When you select the box on the map, a pop-up appears indicating how many POIs are in this location. Select the pop up to see a list of the available POIs. You can scroll through and select POIs from this list.

346

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

DescriptionItemCallout

Note: If your vehicle is low on charge or fuel, station icons automatically display on the map.

Press this icon to switch between estimated time of arrival, distance to destination or time to destination.

Estimated Time of Arrival

C

Displays the current road if available.Bottom BarD

Press this button to mute the voice guidance instructions.MuteE You can select between three guidance prompt options. See Settings (page 353).

Note: To change the voice prompt volume, turn the volume knob when a voice guidance prompt plays.

Map search Mode

347

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

DescriptionItemCallout

Press this button to re- center the map to the current position of the vehicle. You are taken to the previous active navigation mode (map mode or route guidance mode).

Re-centerA

Shows the selected location on the map. You can swipe or use pinch to readjust it.

CrosshairB

The rotation bar is only available when 3D mode is active. Swipe over the bar to rotate the map to the left or right.

Rotation barC

Push this button to select your destination.

StartD

This bar displays the name of the destination you select.

Bottom barE

Press this button to fade in the feature bar and naviga- tion buttons

ControlsF

Navigation Menu In map mode and during active navigation you can access the navigation menu.

During active navigation, touch the bottom of the screen to view the menu and other buttons.

To access the Navigation menu, press:

Button

Menu

You can then select:

A full screen map displays during navigation.Full MapScreen View

Exit information displays on the right hand side of the screen during navigation.

Highway Exit Info

348

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Button

Points of interest icons display for restaurants, hotels, fuel stations and ATMs when they are present at the exit. You can select the POI icons to receive a listing of specific locations. You can select the POI location as a waypoint or destination if desired.

Only available during an active route. Displays all of the turns on the current route.

Turn List

You can choose to avoid any road on the turn list by selecting the road from the list. A screen then appears and you can press:

Avoid

The system calculates a new route and displays a new turn list.

Press this button to adjust your preferences. See Settings (page 353).Navigation Settings

Provides your current city and the nearest road.Where Am I?

The following are only available on the menu during an active navigation route:

The system asks for confirmation and then returns you to the map mode screen.

Cancel Route

Press this to see a map of the full route.View Route

An alternate route displays in comparison with the current route.Detour

Only available if you have an active waypoint on your route. See Waypoints later in this section for information on how to set waypoints.

Edit Waypoints

Use this button to re-order or remove your waypoints.

The system sets the order for you.Optimize Order

Press any waypoint item to move up or down or to delete the item from the list.

Waypoint items

Proceeds to the next screen, where you can start the new route.

Go

Traffic List

These options may not be available in all markets.

349

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Waypoints You can add a waypoint to a navigation route as a destination along your route. Up to five waypoints can be added by repeating the process steps below. To add a waypoint:

1. Select the search icon (magnifying glass) while on an active route. This brings up the destination menu.

2. Set your destination using any of the given methods. Once the destination has been selected, set the destination as a waypoint by selecting:

Menu Item

The waypoint list then appears and you are able to re-order all of your waypoints by selecting the menu icon on the right hand side of the location.

Add Waypoint

The system sets the order for you.Optimize Order

Press any waypoint item to move up or down or to delete the item from

the list.

Waypoint items

Proceeds to the next screen, where you can start the new route.

Go

Navigation Map Updates (If Equipped)

Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership. HERE is the digital map provider for the navigation application. If you find map data errors, you may report them directly to HERE by going to www.here.com. HERE evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e-mail. Note: This feature may not be available in some markets.

APPS The system enables voice, steering wheel, and touch screen control of SYNC 3 AppLink enabled smartphone apps.

Once an app is running through AppLink, you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls. Note: Available AppLink enabled apps will vary by market. Note: You must pair and connect your smartphone via Bluetooth to SYNC 3 to access AppLink. Note: iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port. Note: For information on available apps, supported smartphone devices and troubleshooting tips please visit:

Websites

owner.ford.com www.syncmyride.ca

350

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Websites

www.syncmaroute.ca

Note: Make sure you have an active account for the app that you have downloaded. Some apps will work automatically with no setup. Other apps will want you to configure your personal settings and personalize your experience by creating stations or favorites.We recommend you do this at home or outside of your vehicle. Note: We encourage you to review the smartphone apps terms of service and privacy policies because Ford is not responsible for your app or its use of data. Note: AppLink is a native SYNC system feature. Accessing mobile apps through AppLink is only possible when Android Auto or Apple CarPlay are disabled. Some apps may only be accessible in the car through AppLink and others only through Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. Please refer to the Smartphone Connectivity information to disable Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. Note: In order to use an app with SYNC 3, the app needs to be running in the background of your phone. If you shut down the app on your phone, it shuts down the app on SYNC 3 as well. Note: If a SYNC 3 AppLink compatible app is not shown in the Apps Domain, make sure the required app is running on the mobile device.

Action and Descrip- tion

Menu Item

SYNC 3 will search and connect to compatible app(s) running on your mobile device.

Find Mobile Apps

Enabling SYNC 3 Mobile Apps In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC 3 requires user consent to send and receive app authorization information and updates using the data plan associated with the connected device. The connected device sends data to Ford in the United States. The information is encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC 3 module number, odometer, usage statistics and debugging information. We retain this data for only as long as necessary to provide this service, troubleshoot, and improve products and services and to offer you products and services that may interest you where allowed by law. Note: You must enable mobile apps for each connected device the first time you select a mobile app using the system. Note: Ford reserves the right to limit functionality or deactivate mobile apps at any time. Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is not responsible for any additional charges you may receive from your service provider, when your vehicle sends or receives data through the connected device. This includes any additional charges incurred due to driving in areas when roaming out of a home network. You can enable and disable apps through settings. See Settings (page 353).

351

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

App Permissions The system organizes the App permissions into groups. You can grant these group permissions individually. You can change a permission group status any time when not driving, by using the settings menu. While in the settings menu, you can also see the data included in each group. When you launch an app using SYNC 3, the system may ask you to grant certain permissions, for example Vehicle information, Driving characteristics, GPS and Speed, and/or Push notifications. You can enable all groups or none of them during the initial app permissions prompts. The settings menu offers individual group permission control. Note: You are only prompted to grant permissions the first time you use an app with SYNC 3. Note: If you disable group permissions, apps will still be enabled to work with SYNC 3 unless you deactivate All Apps in the settings menu.

SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If

Equipped)

WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that

you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Note: SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may not be available in all markets. Note: In order to use SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link, your vehicle must have navigation. Note: A paid subscription is required to access and use these features. Go to www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more information. Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link. Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link services or its use in vehicles. When you subscribe to SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link, it can help you locate the best gas prices, find movie listings, get current traffic alerts, view the current weather map, get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games.

352

EcoSport (CBW) Canada/United States of America, Vehicles Built From: 14-08-2017, GN15-19G219-ZFB enUSA, First Printing

SYNC 3

Action and DescriptionMenu Item

Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route, near your vehicles current location or near any of your favorite places, if programmed.

Traffic on Route

Traffic Nearby

Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicles location or on an active navigation route.

Fuel Prices

Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times, if available.

Movie Listings

Touch this button to view the nearby weather, current weather, or the five-day forecast for the chosen area.

Weather

Select to see the weather map, which can show storms, radar information, charts and winds.

Map

Select to choose from a listing of weather locations.

Area

Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports. You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access. The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress.

Sports Info

Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area.Ski Conditions